Resync config/ from GCC.
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / doc / as.texinfo
CommitLineData
252b5132 1\input texinfo @c -*-Texinfo-*-
f7e42eb4 2@c Copyright 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000,
aea77599 3@c 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012
252b5132
RH
4@c Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5@c UPDATE!! On future updates--
6@c (1) check for new machine-dep cmdline options in
7@c md_parse_option definitions in config/tc-*.c
8@c (2) for platform-specific directives, examine md_pseudo_op
9@c in config/tc-*.c
10@c (3) for object-format specific directives, examine obj_pseudo_op
01642c12 11@c in config/obj-*.c
252b5132
RH
12@c (4) portable directives in potable[] in read.c
13@c %**start of header
14@setfilename as.info
15@c ---config---
a4fb0134
SC
16@macro gcctabopt{body}
17@code{\body\}
18@end macro
252b5132
RH
19@c defaults, config file may override:
20@set have-stabs
21@c ---
4a4c4a1d
MR
22@c man begin NAME
23@c ---
252b5132 24@include asconfig.texi
c428fa83 25@include bfdver.texi
252b5132 26@c ---
0285c67d 27@c man end
4a4c4a1d 28@c ---
252b5132 29@c common OR combinations of conditions
c1253627
NC
30@ifset COFF
31@set COFF-ELF
32@end ifset
33@ifset ELF
34@set COFF-ELF
35@end ifset
252b5132
RH
36@ifset AOUT
37@set aout-bout
38@end ifset
39@ifset ARM/Thumb
40@set ARM
41@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
42@ifset Blackfin
43@set Blackfin
44@end ifset
252b5132
RH
45@ifset BOUT
46@set aout-bout
47@end ifset
48@ifset H8/300
49@set H8
50@end ifset
252b5132
RH
51@ifset SH
52@set H8
53@end ifset
54@ifset HPPA
55@set abnormal-separator
56@end ifset
57@c ------------
58@ifset GENERIC
59@settitle Using @value{AS}
60@end ifset
61@ifclear GENERIC
62@settitle Using @value{AS} (@value{TARGET})
63@end ifclear
64@setchapternewpage odd
65@c %**end of header
66
67@c @smallbook
68@c @set SMALL
69@c WARE! Some of the machine-dependent sections contain tables of machine
70@c instructions. Except in multi-column format, these tables look silly.
71@c Unfortunately, Texinfo doesn't have a general-purpose multi-col format, so
72@c the multi-col format is faked within @example sections.
01642c12 73@c
252b5132
RH
74@c Again unfortunately, the natural size that fits on a page, for these tables,
75@c is different depending on whether or not smallbook is turned on.
76@c This matters, because of order: text flow switches columns at each page
77@c break.
01642c12 78@c
252b5132
RH
79@c The format faked in this source works reasonably well for smallbook,
80@c not well for the default large-page format. This manual expects that if you
81@c turn on @smallbook, you will also uncomment the "@set SMALL" to enable the
82@c tables in question. You can turn on one without the other at your
01642c12 83@c discretion, of course.
252b5132
RH
84@ifinfo
85@set SMALL
86@c the insn tables look just as silly in info files regardless of smallbook,
87@c might as well show 'em anyways.
88@end ifinfo
89
9160ea82
AM
90@ifnottex
91@dircategory Software development
92@direntry
252b5132 93* As: (as). The GNU assembler.
59455fb1 94* Gas: (as). The GNU assembler.
9160ea82
AM
95@end direntry
96@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
97
98@finalout
99@syncodeindex ky cp
100
0e9517a9 101@copying
252b5132
RH
102This file documents the GNU Assembler "@value{AS}".
103
0285c67d 104@c man begin COPYRIGHT
9fbcbd81 105Copyright @copyright{} 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
7c31ae13
NC
1062000, 2001, 2002, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation,
107Inc.
252b5132 108
0285c67d 109Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 110under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
0285c67d
NC
111or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
112with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
113Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 114section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
0285c67d
NC
115
116@c man end
0e9517a9 117@end copying
252b5132
RH
118
119@titlepage
120@title Using @value{AS}
121@subtitle The @sc{gnu} Assembler
122@ifclear GENERIC
123@subtitle for the @value{TARGET} family
124@end ifclear
e49e529d
JM
125@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
126@sp 1
127@subtitle @value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
128@end ifset
252b5132
RH
129@sp 1
130@subtitle Version @value{VERSION}
131@sp 1
132@sp 13
b45619c0 133The Free Software Foundation Inc.@: thanks The Nice Computer
252b5132 134Company of Australia for loaning Dean Elsner to write the
a4fb0134 135first (Vax) version of @command{as} for Project @sc{gnu}.
252b5132
RH
136The proprietors, management and staff of TNCCA thank FSF for
137distracting the boss while they got some work
138done.
139@sp 3
140@author Dean Elsner, Jay Fenlason & friends
141@page
142@tex
143{\parskip=0pt
144\hfill {\it Using {\tt @value{AS}}}\par
145\hfill Edited by Cygnus Support\par
146}
147%"boxit" macro for figures:
148%Modified from Knuth's ``boxit'' macro from TeXbook (answer to exercise 21.3)
149\gdef\boxit#1#2{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule\kern3pt
150 \vbox{\parindent=0pt\parskip=0pt\hsize=#1\kern3pt\strut\hfil
151#2\hfil\strut\kern3pt}\kern3pt\vrule}\hrule}}%box with visible outline
152\gdef\ibox#1#2{\hbox to #1{#2\hfil}\kern8pt}% invisible box
153@end tex
154
155@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
9fbcbd81 156Copyright @copyright{} 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
7c31ae13
NC
1572000, 2001, 2002, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation,
158Inc.
252b5132 159
cf055d54 160 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 161 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
cf055d54
NC
162 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
163 with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
164 Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 165 section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
252b5132 166
252b5132 167@end titlepage
4ecceb71 168@contents
252b5132 169
2e64b665 170@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
171@node Top
172@top Using @value{AS}
173
e49e529d
JM
174This file is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}
175@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
176@value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
177@end ifset
178version @value{VERSION}.
252b5132 179@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 180This version of the file describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
181code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
182@end ifclear
cf055d54
NC
183
184This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
185Documentation License. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 186section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
cf055d54 187
252b5132
RH
188@menu
189* Overview:: Overview
190* Invoking:: Command-Line Options
191* Syntax:: Syntax
192* Sections:: Sections and Relocation
193* Symbols:: Symbols
194* Expressions:: Expressions
195* Pseudo Ops:: Assembler Directives
3a99f02f
DJ
196@ifset ELF
197* Object Attributes:: Object Attributes
198@end ifset
252b5132
RH
199* Machine Dependencies:: Machine Dependent Features
200* Reporting Bugs:: Reporting Bugs
201* Acknowledgements:: Who Did What
cf055d54 202* GNU Free Documentation License:: GNU Free Documentation License
28c9d252 203* AS Index:: AS Index
252b5132 204@end menu
2e64b665 205@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
206
207@node Overview
208@chapter Overview
209@iftex
a4fb0134 210This manual is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 211@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 212This version of the manual describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
213code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
214@end ifclear
215@end iftex
216
217@cindex invocation summary
218@cindex option summary
219@cindex summary of options
a4fb0134 220Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}. For details,
96e9638b 221see @ref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}.
252b5132 222
0285c67d
NC
223@c man title AS the portable GNU assembler.
224
a4fb0134 225@ignore
0285c67d
NC
226@c man begin SEEALSO
227gcc(1), ld(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils} and @file{ld}.
228@c man end
a4fb0134 229@end ignore
0285c67d 230
252b5132
RH
231@c We don't use deffn and friends for the following because they seem
232@c to be limited to one line for the header.
233@smallexample
0285c67d 234@c man begin SYNOPSIS
83f10cb2 235@value{AS} [@b{-a}[@b{cdghlns}][=@var{file}]] [@b{--alternate}] [@b{-D}]
955974c6 236 [@b{--compress-debug-sections}] [@b{--nocompress-debug-sections}]
3d6b762c 237 [@b{--debug-prefix-map} @var{old}=@var{new}]
4bdd3565
NC
238 [@b{--defsym} @var{sym}=@var{val}] [@b{-f}] [@b{-g}] [@b{--gstabs}]
239 [@b{--gstabs+}] [@b{--gdwarf-2}] [@b{--help}] [@b{-I} @var{dir}] [@b{-J}]
240 [@b{-K}] [@b{-L}] [@b{--listing-lhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
241 [@b{--listing-lhs-width2}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--listing-rhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
242 [@b{--listing-cont-lines}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--keep-locals}] [@b{-o}
243 @var{objfile}] [@b{-R}] [@b{--reduce-memory-overheads}] [@b{--statistics}]
244 [@b{-v}] [@b{-version}] [@b{--version}] [@b{-W}] [@b{--warn}]
a0b7da79 245 [@b{--fatal-warnings}] [@b{-w}] [@b{-x}] [@b{-Z}] [@b{@@@var{FILE}}]
21be61f5 246 [@b{--size-check=[error|warning]}]
a0b7da79
MM
247 [@b{--target-help}] [@var{target-options}]
248 [@b{--}|@var{files} @dots{}]
a4fb0134
SC
249@c
250@c Target dependent options are listed below. Keep the list sorted.
01642c12 251@c Add an empty line for separation.
625e1353
RH
252@ifset ALPHA
253
254@emph{Target Alpha options:}
255 [@b{-m@var{cpu}}]
256 [@b{-mdebug} | @b{-no-mdebug}]
198f1251 257 [@b{-replace} | @b{-noreplace}]
625e1353
RH
258 [@b{-relax}] [@b{-g}] [@b{-G@var{size}}]
259 [@b{-F}] [@b{-32addr}]
260@end ifset
252b5132 261@ifset ARC
a4fb0134
SC
262
263@emph{Target ARC options:}
264 [@b{-marc[5|6|7|8]}]
265 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
252b5132
RH
266@end ifset
267@ifset ARM
a4fb0134
SC
268
269@emph{Target ARM options:}
03b1477f 270@c Don't document the deprecated options
92081f48
HPN
271 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
272 [@b{-march}=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
33a392fb
PB
273 [@b{-mfpu}=@var{floating-point-format}]
274 [@b{-mfloat-abi}=@var{abi}]
d507cf36 275 [@b{-meabi}=@var{ver}]
03b1477f 276 [@b{-mthumb}]
a4fb0134
SC
277 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
278 [@b{-mapcs-32}|@b{-mapcs-26}|@b{-mapcs-float}|
279 @b{-mapcs-reentrant}]
7f266840 280 [@b{-mthumb-interwork}] [@b{-k}]
252b5132 281@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
282@ifset Blackfin
283
284@emph{Target Blackfin options:}
285 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[-@var{sirevision}]]
286 [@b{-mfdpic}]
287 [@b{-mno-fdpic}]
288 [@b{-mnopic}]
289@end ifset
328eb32e
HPN
290@ifset CRIS
291
292@emph{Target CRIS options:}
293 [@b{--underscore} | @b{--no-underscore}]
294 [@b{--pic}] [@b{-N}]
295 [@b{--emulation=criself} | @b{--emulation=crisaout}]
ae57792d 296 [@b{--march=v0_v10} | @b{--march=v10} | @b{--march=v32} | @b{--march=common_v10_v32}]
328eb32e
HPN
297@c Deprecated -- deliberately not documented.
298@c [@b{-h}] [@b{-H}]
299@end ifset
252b5132 300@ifset D10V
a4fb0134
SC
301
302@emph{Target D10V options:}
303 [@b{-O}]
252b5132
RH
304@end ifset
305@ifset D30V
a4fb0134
SC
306
307@emph{Target D30V options:}
308 [@b{-O}|@b{-n}|@b{-N}]
252b5132 309@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
310@ifset EPIPHANY
311
312@emph{Target EPIPHANY options:}
313 [@b{-mepiphany}|@b{-mepiphany16}]
314@end ifset
252b5132 315@ifset H8
6fd4f6cc
DD
316
317@emph{Target H8/300 options:}
318 [-h-tick-hex]
252b5132
RH
319@end ifset
320@ifset HPPA
321@c HPPA has no machine-dependent assembler options (yet).
322@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
323@ifset I80386
324
325@emph{Target i386 options:}
351f65ca 326 [@b{--32}|@b{--n32}|@b{--64}] [@b{-n}]
1ef52f49 327 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}[+@var{EXTENSION}@dots{}]] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}]
252b5132
RH
328@end ifset
329@ifset I960
a4fb0134
SC
330
331@emph{Target i960 options:}
252b5132 332@c see md_parse_option in tc-i960.c
a4fb0134
SC
333 [@b{-ACA}|@b{-ACA_A}|@b{-ACB}|@b{-ACC}|@b{-AKA}|@b{-AKB}|
334 @b{-AKC}|@b{-AMC}]
335 [@b{-b}] [@b{-no-relax}]
252b5132 336@end ifset
587fe2b3 337@ifset IA64
a4fb0134 338
9e32ca89
NC
339@emph{Target IA-64 options:}
340 [@b{-mconstant-gp}|@b{-mauto-pic}]
341 [@b{-milp32}|@b{-milp64}|@b{-mlp64}|@b{-mp64}]
342 [@b{-mle}|@b{mbe}]
8c2fda1d 343 [@b{-mtune=itanium1}|@b{-mtune=itanium2}]
970d6792 344 [@b{-munwind-check=warning}|@b{-munwind-check=error}]
91d777ee 345 [@b{-mhint.b=ok}|@b{-mhint.b=warning}|@b{-mhint.b=error}]
9e32ca89
NC
346 [@b{-x}|@b{-xexplicit}] [@b{-xauto}] [@b{-xdebug}]
347@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
348@ifset IP2K
349
350@emph{Target IP2K options:}
351 [@b{-mip2022}|@b{-mip2022ext}]
352@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
353@ifset M32C
354
355@emph{Target M32C options:}
c54b5932 356 [@b{-m32c}|@b{-m16c}] [-relax] [-h-tick-hex]
49f58d10 357@end ifset
587fe2b3 358@ifset M32R
9e32ca89 359
a4fb0134
SC
360@emph{Target M32R options:}
361 [@b{--m32rx}|@b{--[no-]warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts}|
587fe2b3 362 @b{--W[n]p}]
ec694b89 363@end ifset
252b5132 364@ifset M680X0
a4fb0134
SC
365
366@emph{Target M680X0 options:}
367 [@b{-l}] [@b{-m68000}|@b{-m68010}|@b{-m68020}|@dots{}]
252b5132 368@end ifset
60bcf0fa 369@ifset M68HC11
a4fb0134
SC
370
371@emph{Target M68HC11 options:}
6927f982 372 [@b{-m68hc11}|@b{-m68hc12}|@b{-m68hcs12}|@b{-mm9s12x}|@b{-mm9s12xg}]
2f904664
SC
373 [@b{-mshort}|@b{-mlong}]
374 [@b{-mshort-double}|@b{-mlong-double}]
1370e33d 375 [@b{--force-long-branches}] [@b{--short-branches}]
a4fb0134
SC
376 [@b{--strict-direct-mode}] [@b{--print-insn-syntax}]
377 [@b{--print-opcodes}] [@b{--generate-example}]
378@end ifset
379@ifset MCORE
380
381@emph{Target MCORE options:}
382 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-sifilter}] [@b{-relax}]
383 [@b{-mcpu=[210|340]}]
60bcf0fa 384@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
385@ifset MICROBLAZE
386@emph{Target MICROBLAZE options:}
387@c MicroBlaze has no machine-dependent assembler options.
388@end ifset
252b5132 389@ifset MIPS
a4fb0134
SC
390
391@emph{Target MIPS options:}
78849248 392 [@b{-nocpp}] [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}[@var{optimization level}]]
437ee9d5 393 [@b{-g}[@var{debug level}]] [@b{-G} @var{num}] [@b{-KPIC}] [@b{-call_shared}]
0c000745 394 [@b{-non_shared}] [@b{-xgot} [@b{-mvxworks-pic}]
437ee9d5
TS
395 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}] [@b{-32}] [@b{-n32}] [@b{-64}] [@b{-mfp32}] [@b{-mgp32}]
396 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mips1}] [@b{-mips2}]
af7ee8bf 397 [@b{-mips3}] [@b{-mips4}] [@b{-mips5}] [@b{-mips32}] [@b{-mips32r2}]
5f74bc13 398 [@b{-mips64}] [@b{-mips64r2}]
437ee9d5
TS
399 [@b{-construct-floats}] [@b{-no-construct-floats}]
400 [@b{-trap}] [@b{-no-break}] [@b{-break}] [@b{-no-trap}]
437ee9d5 401 [@b{-mips16}] [@b{-no-mips16}]
df58fc94 402 [@b{-mmicromips}] [@b{-mno-micromips}]
e16bfa71 403 [@b{-msmartmips}] [@b{-mno-smartmips}]
1f25f5d3 404 [@b{-mips3d}] [@b{-no-mips3d}]
deec1734 405 [@b{-mdmx}] [@b{-no-mdmx}]
2ef2b9ae 406 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-mno-dsp}]
8b082fb1 407 [@b{-mdspr2}] [@b{-mno-dspr2}]
ef2e4d86 408 [@b{-mmt}] [@b{-mno-mt}]
dec0624d 409 [@b{-mmcu}] [@b{-mno-mcu}]
2babba43
MR
410 [@b{-mfix7000}] [@b{-mno-fix7000}]
411 [@b{-mfix-vr4120}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4120}]
412 [@b{-mfix-vr4130}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4130}]
ecb4347a 413 [@b{-mdebug}] [@b{-no-mdebug}]
dcd410fe 414 [@b{-mpdr}] [@b{-mno-pdr}]
3c3bdf30
NC
415@end ifset
416@ifset MMIX
a4fb0134
SC
417
418@emph{Target MMIX options:}
419 [@b{--fixed-special-register-names}] [@b{--globalize-symbols}]
420 [@b{--gnu-syntax}] [@b{--relax}] [@b{--no-predefined-symbols}]
421 [@b{--no-expand}] [@b{--no-merge-gregs}] [@b{-x}]
973eb340 422 [@b{--linker-allocated-gregs}]
a4fb0134
SC
423@end ifset
424@ifset PDP11
425
426@emph{Target PDP11 options:}
427 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}] [@b{-mall}] [@b{-mno-extensions}]
428 [@b{-m}@var{extension}|@b{-mno-}@var{extension}]
01642c12 429 [@b{-m}@var{cpu}] [@b{-m}@var{machine}]
a4fb0134
SC
430@end ifset
431@ifset PJ
432
433@emph{Target picoJava options:}
434 [@b{-mb}|@b{-me}]
435@end ifset
436@ifset PPC
437
438@emph{Target PowerPC options:}
b8b738ac
AM
439 [@b{-a32}|@b{-a64}]
440 [@b{-mpwrx}|@b{-mpwr2}|@b{-mpwr}|@b{-m601}|@b{-mppc}|@b{-mppc32}|@b{-m603}|@b{-m604}|@b{-m403}|@b{-m405}|
441 @b{-m440}|@b{-m464}|@b{-m476}|@b{-m7400}|@b{-m7410}|@b{-m7450}|@b{-m7455}|@b{-m750cl}|@b{-mppc64}|
aea77599
AM
442 @b{-m620}|@b{-me500}|@b{-e500x2}|@b{-me500mc}|@b{-me500mc64}|@b{-me5500}|@b{-me6500}|@b{-mppc64bridge}|
443 @b{-mbooke}|@b{-mpower4}|@b{-mpr4}|@b{-mpower5}|@b{-mpwr5}|@b{-mpwr5x}|@b{-mpower6}|@b{-mpwr6}|
b8b738ac
AM
444 @b{-mpower7}|@b{-mpw7}|@b{-ma2}|@b{-mcell}|@b{-mspe}|@b{-mtitan}|@b{-me300}|@b{-mcom}]
445 [@b{-many}] [@b{-maltivec}|@b{-mvsx}]
a4fb0134 446 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
b8b738ac
AM
447 [@b{-mrelocatable}|@b{-mrelocatable-lib}|@b{-K PIC}] [@b{-memb}]
448 [@b{-mlittle}|@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-le}|@b{-mbig}|@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-be}]
a4fb0134 449 [@b{-msolaris}|@b{-mno-solaris}]
b8b738ac 450 [@b{-nops=@var{count}}]
a4fb0134 451@end ifset
c7927a3c
NC
452@ifset RX
453
454@emph{Target RX options:}
455 [@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
456 [@b{-m32bit-ints}|@b{-m16bit-ints}]
457 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
458@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
459@ifset S390
460
461@emph{Target s390 options:}
462 [@b{-m31}|@b{-m64}] [@b{-mesa}|@b{-mzarch}] [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}]
463 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
464 [@b{-mwarn-areg-zero}]
465@end ifset
c3b7224a
NC
466@ifset SCORE
467
468@emph{Target SCORE options:}
469 [@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}][@b{-FIXDD}][@b{-NWARN}]
470 [@b{-SCORE5}][@b{-SCORE5U}][@b{-SCORE7}][@b{-SCORE3}]
471 [@b{-march=score7}][@b{-march=score3}]
472 [@b{-USE_R1}][@b{-KPIC}][@b{-O0}][@b{-G} @var{num}][@b{-V}]
473@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
474@ifset SPARC
475
476@emph{Target SPARC options:}
477@c The order here is important. See c-sparc.texi.
478 [@b{-Av6}|@b{-Av7}|@b{-Av8}|@b{-Asparclet}|@b{-Asparclite}
479 @b{-Av8plus}|@b{-Av8plusa}|@b{-Av9}|@b{-Av9a}]
480 [@b{-xarch=v8plus}|@b{-xarch=v8plusa}] [@b{-bump}]
481 [@b{-32}|@b{-64}]
482@end ifset
483@ifset TIC54X
484
485@emph{Target TIC54X options:}
01642c12 486 [@b{-mcpu=54[123589]}|@b{-mcpu=54[56]lp}] [@b{-mfar-mode}|@b{-mf}]
a4fb0134
SC
487 [@b{-merrors-to-file} @var{<filename>}|@b{-me} @var{<filename>}]
488@end ifset
3c9b82ba 489
40b36596
JM
490@ifset TIC6X
491
492@emph{Target TIC6X options:}
98d23bef
BS
493 [@b{-march=@var{arch}}] [@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-mlittle-endian}]
494 [@b{-mdsbt}|@b{-mno-dsbt}] [@b{-mpid=no}|@b{-mpid=near}|@b{-mpid=far}]
495 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}]
40b36596 496@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
497@ifset TILEGX
498
499@emph{Target TILE-Gx options:}
fb6cedde 500 [@b{-m32}|@b{-m64}][@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}]
aa137e4d
NC
501@end ifset
502@ifset TILEPRO
503@c TILEPro has no machine-dependent assembler options
504@end ifset
40b36596 505
2d8b84ae
SA
506@ifset XTENSA
507
508@emph{Target Xtensa options:}
509 [@b{--[no-]text-section-literals}] [@b{--[no-]absolute-literals}]
510 [@b{--[no-]target-align}] [@b{--[no-]longcalls}]
511 [@b{--[no-]transform}]
512 [@b{--rename-section} @var{oldname}=@var{newname}]
513@end ifset
514
3c9b82ba
NC
515@ifset Z80
516
517@emph{Target Z80 options:}
518 [@b{-z80}] [@b{-r800}]
519 [@b{ -ignore-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wnud}]
520 [@b{ -ignore-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wnup}]
521 [@b{ -warn-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wud}]
522 [@b{ -warn-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wup}]
523 [@b{ -forbid-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Fud}]
524 [@b{ -forbid-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Fup}]
525@end ifset
526
a4fb0134
SC
527@ifset Z8000
528@c Z8000 has no machine-dependent assembler options
252b5132 529@end ifset
e0001a05 530
0285c67d 531@c man end
252b5132
RH
532@end smallexample
533
0285c67d
NC
534@c man begin OPTIONS
535
a4fb0134 536@table @gcctabopt
38fc1cb1 537@include at-file.texi
a0b7da79 538
83f10cb2 539@item -a[cdghlmns]
252b5132
RH
540Turn on listings, in any of a variety of ways:
541
a4fb0134 542@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
543@item -ac
544omit false conditionals
545
546@item -ad
547omit debugging directives
548
83f10cb2
NC
549@item -ag
550include general information, like @value{AS} version and options passed
551
252b5132
RH
552@item -ah
553include high-level source
554
555@item -al
556include assembly
557
558@item -am
559include macro expansions
560
561@item -an
562omit forms processing
563
564@item -as
565include symbols
566
567@item =file
568set the name of the listing file
569@end table
570
571You may combine these options; for example, use @samp{-aln} for assembly
572listing without forms processing. The @samp{=file} option, if used, must be
573the last one. By itself, @samp{-a} defaults to @samp{-ahls}.
574
caa32fe5 575@item --alternate
96e9638b
BW
576Begin in alternate macro mode.
577@ifclear man
578@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
579@end ifclear
caa32fe5 580
955974c6
CC
581@item --compress-debug-sections
582Compress DWARF debug sections using zlib. The debug sections are renamed
583to begin with @samp{.zdebug}, and the resulting object file may not be
584compatible with older linkers and object file utilities.
585
586@item --nocompress-debug-sections
587Do not compress DWARF debug sections. This is the default.
588
252b5132
RH
589@item -D
590Ignored. This option is accepted for script compatibility with calls to
591other assemblers.
592
3d6b762c
JM
593@item --debug-prefix-map @var{old}=@var{new}
594When assembling files in directory @file{@var{old}}, record debugging
595information describing them as in @file{@var{new}} instead.
596
252b5132
RH
597@item --defsym @var{sym}=@var{value}
598Define the symbol @var{sym} to be @var{value} before assembling the input file.
599@var{value} must be an integer constant. As in C, a leading @samp{0x}
bf083c64
NC
600indicates a hexadecimal value, and a leading @samp{0} indicates an octal
601value. The value of the symbol can be overridden inside a source file via the
602use of a @code{.set} pseudo-op.
252b5132
RH
603
604@item -f
605``fast''---skip whitespace and comment preprocessing (assume source is
606compiler output).
607
329e276d
NC
608@item -g
609@itemx --gen-debug
610Generate debugging information for each assembler source line using whichever
611debug format is preferred by the target. This currently means either STABS,
612ECOFF or DWARF2.
613
252b5132
RH
614@item --gstabs
615Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line. This
616may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it.
617
05da4302
NC
618@item --gstabs+
619Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line, with GNU
620extensions that probably only gdb can handle, and that could make other
621debuggers crash or refuse to read your program. This
622may help debugging assembler code. Currently the only GNU extension is
623the location of the current working directory at assembling time.
624
329e276d 625@item --gdwarf-2
cdf82bcf 626Generate DWARF2 debugging information for each assembler line. This
c1253627 627may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it. Note---this
85a39694 628option is only supported by some targets, not all of them.
cdf82bcf 629
21be61f5
L
630@item --size-check=error
631@itemx --size-check=warning
632Issue an error or warning for invalid ELF .size directive.
633
252b5132
RH
634@item --help
635Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
636
ea20a7da
CC
637@item --target-help
638Print a summary of all target specific options and exit.
639
252b5132
RH
640@item -I @var{dir}
641Add directory @var{dir} to the search list for @code{.include} directives.
642
643@item -J
644Don't warn about signed overflow.
645
646@item -K
647@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
648This option is accepted but has no effect on the @value{TARGET} family.
649@end ifclear
650@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
651Issue warnings when difference tables altered for long displacements.
652@end ifset
653
654@item -L
655@itemx --keep-locals
ba83aca1
BW
656Keep (in the symbol table) local symbols. These symbols start with
657system-specific local label prefixes, typically @samp{.L} for ELF systems
658or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems.
659@ifclear man
660@xref{Symbol Names}.
661@end ifclear
252b5132 662
c3a27914
NC
663@item --listing-lhs-width=@var{number}
664Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for an assembler
665listing to @var{number}.
666
667@item --listing-lhs-width2=@var{number}
668Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for continuation
669lines in an assembler listing to @var{number}.
670
671@item --listing-rhs-width=@var{number}
672Set the maximum width of an input source line, as displayed in a listing, to
673@var{number} bytes.
674
675@item --listing-cont-lines=@var{number}
676Set the maximum number of lines printed in a listing for a single line of input
677to @var{number} + 1.
678
252b5132 679@item -o @var{objfile}
a4fb0134 680Name the object-file output from @command{@value{AS}} @var{objfile}.
252b5132
RH
681
682@item -R
683Fold the data section into the text section.
684
4bdd3565
NC
685@kindex --hash-size=@var{number}
686Set the default size of GAS's hash tables to a prime number close to
687@var{number}. Increasing this value can reduce the length of time it takes the
688assembler to perform its tasks, at the expense of increasing the assembler's
689memory requirements. Similarly reducing this value can reduce the memory
690requirements at the expense of speed.
691
692@item --reduce-memory-overheads
693This option reduces GAS's memory requirements, at the expense of making the
694assembly processes slower. Currently this switch is a synonym for
695@samp{--hash-size=4051}, but in the future it may have other effects as well.
696
252b5132
RH
697@item --statistics
698Print the maximum space (in bytes) and total time (in seconds) used by
699assembly.
700
701@item --strip-local-absolute
702Remove local absolute symbols from the outgoing symbol table.
703
704@item -v
705@itemx -version
a4fb0134 706Print the @command{as} version.
252b5132
RH
707
708@item --version
a4fb0134 709Print the @command{as} version and exit.
252b5132
RH
710
711@item -W
2bdd6cf5 712@itemx --no-warn
252b5132
RH
713Suppress warning messages.
714
2bdd6cf5
GK
715@item --fatal-warnings
716Treat warnings as errors.
717
718@item --warn
719Don't suppress warning messages or treat them as errors.
720
252b5132
RH
721@item -w
722Ignored.
723
724@item -x
725Ignored.
726
727@item -Z
728Generate an object file even after errors.
729
730@item -- | @var{files} @dots{}
731Standard input, or source files to assemble.
732
733@end table
2a633939
JM
734@c man end
735
736@ifset ALPHA
737
738@ifclear man
739@xref{Alpha Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
740for an Alpha processor.
741@end ifclear
742
743@ifset man
744@c man begin OPTIONS
745The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an Alpha
746processor.
747@c man end
748@c man begin INCLUDE
749@include c-alpha.texi
750@c ended inside the included file
751@end ifset
752
753@end ifset
252b5132 754
2a633939 755@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132
RH
756@ifset ARC
757The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
758an ARC processor.
759
a4fb0134 760@table @gcctabopt
0d2bcfaf
NC
761@item -marc[5|6|7|8]
762This option selects the core processor variant.
763@item -EB | -EL
764Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
252b5132
RH
765@end table
766@end ifset
767
768@ifset ARM
769The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the ARM
770processor family.
771
a4fb0134 772@table @gcctabopt
92081f48 773@item -mcpu=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 774Specify which ARM processor variant is the target.
92081f48 775@item -march=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 776Specify which ARM architecture variant is used by the target.
03b1477f 777@item -mfpu=@var{floating-point-format}
a349d9dd 778Select which Floating Point architecture is the target.
33a392fb
PB
779@item -mfloat-abi=@var{abi}
780Select which floating point ABI is in use.
03b1477f
RE
781@item -mthumb
782Enable Thumb only instruction decoding.
7f266840 783@item -mapcs-32 | -mapcs-26 | -mapcs-float | -mapcs-reentrant
252b5132
RH
784Select which procedure calling convention is in use.
785@item -EB | -EL
786Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
cdf82bcf
NC
787@item -mthumb-interwork
788Specify that the code has been generated with interworking between Thumb and
789ARM code in mind.
790@item -k
791Specify that PIC code has been generated.
252b5132
RH
792@end table
793@end ifset
635fb38d 794@c man end
252b5132 795
9982501a 796@ifset Blackfin
8611b8fd
MF
797
798@ifclear man
799@xref{Blackfin Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
800configured for the Blackfin processor family.
801@end ifclear
802
803@ifset man
804@c man begin OPTIONS
9982501a
JZ
805The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
806the Blackfin processor family.
8611b8fd
MF
807@c man end
808@c man begin INCLUDE
809@include c-bfin.texi
810@c ended inside the included file
811@end ifset
9982501a 812
9982501a
JZ
813@end ifset
814
635fb38d 815@c man begin OPTIONS
328eb32e
HPN
816@ifset CRIS
817See the info pages for documentation of the CRIS-specific options.
818@end ifset
819
252b5132
RH
820@ifset D10V
821The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
822a D10V processor.
a4fb0134 823@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
824@cindex D10V optimization
825@cindex optimization, D10V
826@item -O
827Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
828@end table
829@end ifset
830
831@ifset D30V
832The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a D30V
833processor.
a4fb0134 834@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
835@cindex D30V optimization
836@cindex optimization, D30V
837@item -O
838Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
839
840@cindex D30V nops
841@item -n
842Warn when nops are generated.
843
844@cindex D30V nops after 32-bit multiply
845@item -N
846Warn when a nop after a 32-bit multiply instruction is generated.
847@end table
848@end ifset
731caf76
L
849@c man end
850
cfb8c092
NC
851@ifset EPIPHANY
852The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
853Adapteva EPIPHANY series.
854
56b13185
JR
855@ifclear man
856@xref{Epiphany Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
857configured for an Epiphany processor.
858@end ifclear
cfb8c092 859
56b13185
JR
860@ifset man
861@c man begin OPTIONS
862The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
863an Epiphany processor.
864@c man end
865@c man begin INCLUDE
866@include c-epiphany.texi
867@c ended inside the included file
868@end ifset
cfb8c092 869
cfb8c092
NC
870@end ifset
871
731caf76 872@ifset I80386
252b5132 873
731caf76
L
874@ifclear man
875@xref{i386-Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
876configured for an i386 processor.
877@end ifclear
878
879@ifset man
880@c man begin OPTIONS
881The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
882an i386 processor.
883@c man end
884@c man begin INCLUDE
885@include c-i386.texi
886@c ended inside the included file
887@end ifset
888
889@end ifset
890
891@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132
RH
892@ifset I960
893The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
894Intel 80960 processor.
895
a4fb0134 896@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
897@item -ACA | -ACA_A | -ACB | -ACC | -AKA | -AKB | -AKC | -AMC
898Specify which variant of the 960 architecture is the target.
899
900@item -b
901Add code to collect statistics about branches taken.
902
903@item -no-relax
904Do not alter compare-and-branch instructions for long displacements;
905error if necessary.
906
907@end table
908@end ifset
909
a40cbfa3
NC
910@ifset IP2K
911The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
ec88d317 912Ubicom IP2K series.
a40cbfa3
NC
913
914@table @gcctabopt
915
916@item -mip2022ext
917Specifies that the extended IP2022 instructions are allowed.
918
919@item -mip2022
8dfa0188 920Restores the default behaviour, which restricts the permitted instructions to
a40cbfa3
NC
921just the basic IP2022 ones.
922
923@end table
924@end ifset
925
49f58d10
JB
926@ifset M32C
927The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
928Renesas M32C and M16C processors.
929
930@table @gcctabopt
931
932@item -m32c
933Assemble M32C instructions.
934
935@item -m16c
936Assemble M16C instructions (the default).
937
c54b5932
DD
938@item -relax
939Enable support for link-time relaxations.
940
941@item -h-tick-hex
942Support H'00 style hex constants in addition to 0x00 style.
943
49f58d10
JB
944@end table
945@end ifset
946
ec694b89
NC
947@ifset M32R
948The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
26597c86 949Renesas M32R (formerly Mitsubishi M32R) series.
ec694b89 950
a4fb0134 951@table @gcctabopt
ec694b89
NC
952
953@item --m32rx
954Specify which processor in the M32R family is the target. The default
955is normally the M32R, but this option changes it to the M32RX.
956
957@item --warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wp
958Produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
01642c12 959encountered.
ec694b89
NC
960
961@item --no-warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wnp
01642c12
RM
962Do not produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
963encountered.
ec694b89
NC
964
965@end table
966@end ifset
252b5132
RH
967
968@ifset M680X0
969The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
970Motorola 68000 series.
971
a4fb0134 972@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
973
974@item -l
975Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two.
976
0285c67d
NC
977@item -m68000 | -m68008 | -m68010 | -m68020 | -m68030
978@itemx | -m68040 | -m68060 | -m68302 | -m68331 | -m68332
979@itemx | -m68333 | -m68340 | -mcpu32 | -m5200
252b5132
RH
980Specify what processor in the 68000 family is the target. The default
981is normally the 68020, but this can be changed at configuration time.
982
983@item -m68881 | -m68882 | -mno-68881 | -mno-68882
984The target machine does (or does not) have a floating-point coprocessor.
985The default is to assume a coprocessor for 68020, 68030, and cpu32. Although
986the basic 68000 is not compatible with the 68881, a combination of the
987two can be specified, since it's possible to do emulation of the
988coprocessor instructions with the main processor.
989
990@item -m68851 | -mno-68851
991The target machine does (or does not) have a memory-management
992unit coprocessor. The default is to assume an MMU for 68020 and up.
993
994@end table
995@end ifset
996
e135f41b
NC
997@ifset PDP11
998
999For details about the PDP-11 machine dependent features options,
1000see @ref{PDP-11-Options}.
1001
a4fb0134 1002@table @gcctabopt
e135f41b
NC
1003@item -mpic | -mno-pic
1004Generate position-independent (or position-dependent) code. The
a4fb0134 1005default is @option{-mpic}.
e135f41b
NC
1006
1007@item -mall
1008@itemx -mall-extensions
1009Enable all instruction set extensions. This is the default.
1010
1011@item -mno-extensions
1012Disable all instruction set extensions.
1013
1014@item -m@var{extension} | -mno-@var{extension}
1015Enable (or disable) a particular instruction set extension.
1016
1017@item -m@var{cpu}
1018Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular CPU, and
1019disable all other extensions.
1020
1021@item -m@var{machine}
1022Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular machine
1023model, and disable all other extensions.
1024@end table
1025
1026@end ifset
1027
041dd5a9
ILT
1028@ifset PJ
1029The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1030a picoJava processor.
1031
a4fb0134 1032@table @gcctabopt
041dd5a9
ILT
1033
1034@cindex PJ endianness
1035@cindex endianness, PJ
1036@cindex big endian output, PJ
1037@item -mb
1038Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1039
1040@cindex little endian output, PJ
1041@item -ml
1042Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1043
1044@end table
1045@end ifset
1046
60bcf0fa
NC
1047@ifset M68HC11
1048The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1049Motorola 68HC11 or 68HC12 series.
1050
a4fb0134 1051@table @gcctabopt
60bcf0fa 1052
6927f982 1053@item -m68hc11 | -m68hc12 | -m68hcs12 | -mm9s12x | -mm9s12xg
60bcf0fa
NC
1054Specify what processor is the target. The default is
1055defined by the configuration option when building the assembler.
1056
6927f982
NC
1057@item --xgate-ramoffset
1058Instruct the linker to offset RAM addresses from S12X address space into
1059XGATE address space.
1060
2f904664
SC
1061@item -mshort
1062Specify to use the 16-bit integer ABI.
1063
1064@item -mlong
01642c12 1065Specify to use the 32-bit integer ABI.
2f904664
SC
1066
1067@item -mshort-double
01642c12 1068Specify to use the 32-bit double ABI.
2f904664
SC
1069
1070@item -mlong-double
01642c12 1071Specify to use the 64-bit double ABI.
2f904664 1072
1370e33d 1073@item --force-long-branches
60bcf0fa
NC
1074Relative branches are turned into absolute ones. This concerns
1075conditional branches, unconditional branches and branches to a
1076sub routine.
1077
1370e33d
NC
1078@item -S | --short-branches
1079Do not turn relative branches into absolute ones
60bcf0fa
NC
1080when the offset is out of range.
1081
1082@item --strict-direct-mode
1083Do not turn the direct addressing mode into extended addressing mode
1084when the instruction does not support direct addressing mode.
1085
1086@item --print-insn-syntax
1087Print the syntax of instruction in case of error.
1088
1089@item --print-opcodes
6927f982 1090Print the list of instructions with syntax and then exit.
60bcf0fa
NC
1091
1092@item --generate-example
6927f982 1093Print an example of instruction for each possible instruction and then exit.
a4fb0134 1094This option is only useful for testing @command{@value{AS}}.
60bcf0fa
NC
1095
1096@end table
1097@end ifset
1098
252b5132 1099@ifset SPARC
a4fb0134 1100The following options are available when @command{@value{AS}} is configured
252b5132
RH
1101for the SPARC architecture:
1102
a4fb0134 1103@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1104@item -Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclet | -Asparclite
1105@itemx -Av8plus | -Av8plusa | -Av9 | -Av9a
1106Explicitly select a variant of the SPARC architecture.
1107
1108@samp{-Av8plus} and @samp{-Av8plusa} select a 32 bit environment.
1109@samp{-Av9} and @samp{-Av9a} select a 64 bit environment.
1110
1111@samp{-Av8plusa} and @samp{-Av9a} enable the SPARC V9 instruction set with
1112UltraSPARC extensions.
1113
1114@item -xarch=v8plus | -xarch=v8plusa
1115For compatibility with the Solaris v9 assembler. These options are
1116equivalent to -Av8plus and -Av8plusa, respectively.
1117
1118@item -bump
1119Warn when the assembler switches to another architecture.
1120@end table
1121@end ifset
1122
39bec121
TW
1123@ifset TIC54X
1124The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the 'c54x
01642c12 1125architecture.
39bec121 1126
a4fb0134 1127@table @gcctabopt
39bec121
TW
1128@item -mfar-mode
1129Enable extended addressing mode. All addresses and relocations will assume
1130extended addressing (usually 23 bits).
1131@item -mcpu=@var{CPU_VERSION}
1132Sets the CPU version being compiled for.
1133@item -merrors-to-file @var{FILENAME}
1134Redirect error output to a file, for broken systems which don't support such
1135behaviour in the shell.
1136@end table
1137@end ifset
1138
252b5132
RH
1139@ifset MIPS
1140The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
437ee9d5 1141a @sc{mips} processor.
252b5132 1142
a4fb0134 1143@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1144@item -G @var{num}
1145This option sets the largest size of an object that can be referenced
1146implicitly with the @code{gp} register. It is only accepted for targets that
1147use ECOFF format, such as a DECstation running Ultrix. The default value is 8.
1148
1149@cindex MIPS endianness
1150@cindex endianness, MIPS
1151@cindex big endian output, MIPS
1152@item -EB
1153Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1154
1155@cindex little endian output, MIPS
1156@item -EL
1157Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1158
1159@cindex MIPS ISA
1160@item -mips1
1161@itemx -mips2
1162@itemx -mips3
e7af610e 1163@itemx -mips4
437ee9d5 1164@itemx -mips5
e7af610e 1165@itemx -mips32
af7ee8bf 1166@itemx -mips32r2
4058e45f 1167@itemx -mips64
5f74bc13 1168@itemx -mips64r2
437ee9d5
TS
1169Generate code for a particular @sc{mips} Instruction Set Architecture level.
1170@samp{-mips1} is an alias for @samp{-march=r3000}, @samp{-mips2} is an
1171alias for @samp{-march=r6000}, @samp{-mips3} is an alias for
1172@samp{-march=r4000} and @samp{-mips4} is an alias for @samp{-march=r8000}.
5f74bc13
CD
1173@samp{-mips5}, @samp{-mips32}, @samp{-mips32r2}, @samp{-mips64}, and
1174@samp{-mips64r2}
af7ee8bf 1175correspond to generic
5f74bc13
CD
1176@samp{MIPS V}, @samp{MIPS32}, @samp{MIPS32 Release 2}, @samp{MIPS64},
1177and @samp{MIPS64 Release 2}
1178ISA processors, respectively.
437ee9d5
TS
1179
1180@item -march=@var{CPU}
1181Generate code for a particular @sc{mips} cpu.
1182
1183@item -mtune=@var{cpu}
1184Schedule and tune for a particular @sc{mips} cpu.
1185
1186@item -mfix7000
1187@itemx -mno-fix7000
1188Cause nops to be inserted if the read of the destination register
1189of an mfhi or mflo instruction occurs in the following two instructions.
1190
ecb4347a
DJ
1191@item -mdebug
1192@itemx -no-mdebug
1193Cause stabs-style debugging output to go into an ECOFF-style .mdebug
1194section instead of the standard ELF .stabs sections.
1195
dcd410fe
RO
1196@item -mpdr
1197@itemx -mno-pdr
1198Control generation of @code{.pdr} sections.
1199
437ee9d5
TS
1200@item -mgp32
1201@itemx -mfp32
1202The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1203flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 32 bits wide at
1204all times. @samp{-mgp32} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1205and @samp{-mfp32} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1206
1207@item -mips16
1208@itemx -no-mips16
1209Generate code for the MIPS 16 processor. This is equivalent to putting
1210@code{.set mips16} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-no-mips16}
1211turns off this option.
252b5132 1212
df58fc94
RS
1213@item -mmicromips
1214@itemx -mno-micromips
1215Generate code for the microMIPS processor. This is equivalent to putting
1216@code{.set micromips} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-micromips}
1217turns off this option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set nomicromips}
1218at the start of the assembly file.
1219
e16bfa71
TS
1220@item -msmartmips
1221@itemx -mno-smartmips
1222Enables the SmartMIPS extension to the MIPS32 instruction set. This is
1223equivalent to putting @code{.set smartmips} at the start of the assembly file.
1224@samp{-mno-smartmips} turns off this option.
1225
1f25f5d3
CD
1226@item -mips3d
1227@itemx -no-mips3d
1228Generate code for the MIPS-3D Application Specific Extension.
1229This tells the assembler to accept MIPS-3D instructions.
1230@samp{-no-mips3d} turns off this option.
1231
deec1734
CD
1232@item -mdmx
1233@itemx -no-mdmx
1234Generate code for the MDMX Application Specific Extension.
1235This tells the assembler to accept MDMX instructions.
1236@samp{-no-mdmx} turns off this option.
1237
2ef2b9ae
CF
1238@item -mdsp
1239@itemx -mno-dsp
8b082fb1
TS
1240Generate code for the DSP Release 1 Application Specific Extension.
1241This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 1 instructions.
2ef2b9ae
CF
1242@samp{-mno-dsp} turns off this option.
1243
8b082fb1
TS
1244@item -mdspr2
1245@itemx -mno-dspr2
1246Generate code for the DSP Release 2 Application Specific Extension.
1247This option implies -mdsp.
1248This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 2 instructions.
1249@samp{-mno-dspr2} turns off this option.
1250
ef2e4d86
CF
1251@item -mmt
1252@itemx -mno-mt
1253Generate code for the MT Application Specific Extension.
1254This tells the assembler to accept MT instructions.
1255@samp{-mno-mt} turns off this option.
1256
dec0624d
MR
1257@item -mmcu
1258@itemx -mno-mcu
1259Generate code for the MCU Application Specific Extension.
1260This tells the assembler to accept MCU instructions.
1261@samp{-mno-mcu} turns off this option.
1262
437ee9d5
TS
1263@item --construct-floats
1264@itemx --no-construct-floats
1265The @samp{--no-construct-floats} option disables the construction of
1266double width floating point constants by loading the two halves of the
1267value into the two single width floating point registers that make up
1268the double width register. By default @samp{--construct-floats} is
1269selected, allowing construction of these floating point constants.
252b5132
RH
1270
1271@cindex emulation
1272@item --emulation=@var{name}
a4fb0134 1273This option causes @command{@value{AS}} to emulate @command{@value{AS}} configured
252b5132
RH
1274for some other target, in all respects, including output format (choosing
1275between ELF and ECOFF only), handling of pseudo-opcodes which may generate
1276debugging information or store symbol table information, and default
1277endianness. The available configuration names are: @samp{mipsecoff},
1278@samp{mipself}, @samp{mipslecoff}, @samp{mipsbecoff}, @samp{mipslelf},
1279@samp{mipsbelf}. The first two do not alter the default endianness from that
1280of the primary target for which the assembler was configured; the others change
1281the default to little- or big-endian as indicated by the @samp{b} or @samp{l}
1282in the name. Using @samp{-EB} or @samp{-EL} will override the endianness
1283selection in any case.
1284
1285This option is currently supported only when the primary target
437ee9d5 1286@command{@value{AS}} is configured for is a @sc{mips} ELF or ECOFF target.
252b5132
RH
1287Furthermore, the primary target or others specified with
1288@samp{--enable-targets=@dots{}} at configuration time must include support for
1289the other format, if both are to be available. For example, the Irix 5
1290configuration includes support for both.
1291
1292Eventually, this option will support more configurations, with more
1293fine-grained control over the assembler's behavior, and will be supported for
1294more processors.
1295
1296@item -nocpp
a4fb0134 1297@command{@value{AS}} ignores this option. It is accepted for compatibility with
252b5132
RH
1298the native tools.
1299
252b5132
RH
1300@item --trap
1301@itemx --no-trap
1302@itemx --break
1303@itemx --no-break
1304Control how to deal with multiplication overflow and division by zero.
1305@samp{--trap} or @samp{--no-break} (which are synonyms) take a trap exception
1306(and only work for Instruction Set Architecture level 2 and higher);
1307@samp{--break} or @samp{--no-trap} (also synonyms, and the default) take a
1308break exception.
63486801
L
1309
1310@item -n
a4fb0134 1311When this option is used, @command{@value{AS}} will issue a warning every
63486801 1312time it generates a nop instruction from a macro.
252b5132
RH
1313@end table
1314@end ifset
1315
1316@ifset MCORE
1317The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1318an MCore processor.
1319
a4fb0134 1320@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1321@item -jsri2bsr
1322@itemx -nojsri2bsr
1323Enable or disable the JSRI to BSR transformation. By default this is enabled.
1324The command line option @samp{-nojsri2bsr} can be used to disable it.
1325
1326@item -sifilter
1327@itemx -nosifilter
1328Enable or disable the silicon filter behaviour. By default this is disabled.
a349d9dd 1329The default can be overridden by the @samp{-sifilter} command line option.
252b5132
RH
1330
1331@item -relax
1332Alter jump instructions for long displacements.
1333
ec694b89
NC
1334@item -mcpu=[210|340]
1335Select the cpu type on the target hardware. This controls which instructions
1336can be assembled.
1337
1338@item -EB
1339Assemble for a big endian target.
1340
1341@item -EL
1342Assemble for a little endian target.
252b5132
RH
1343
1344@end table
1345@end ifset
1346
3c3bdf30
NC
1347@ifset MMIX
1348See the info pages for documentation of the MMIX-specific options.
1349@end ifset
1350
635fb38d 1351@c man end
b8b738ac
AM
1352@ifset PPC
1353
1354@ifclear man
1355@xref{PowerPC-Opts}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1356for a PowerPC processor.
1357@end ifclear
1358
1359@ifset man
1360@c man begin OPTIONS
1361The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1362PowerPC processor.
1363@c man end
1364@c man begin INCLUDE
1365@include c-ppc.texi
1366@c ended inside the included file
1367@end ifset
1368
1369@end ifset
1370
635fb38d 1371@c man begin OPTIONS
046d31c2
NC
1372@ifset RX
1373See the info pages for documentation of the RX-specific options.
1374@end ifset
1375
11c19e16
MS
1376@ifset S390
1377The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the s390
1378processor family.
1379
1380@table @gcctabopt
1381@item -m31
1382@itemx -m64
1383Select the word size, either 31/32 bits or 64 bits.
1384@item -mesa
1385@item -mzarch
1386Select the architecture mode, either the Enterprise System
1387Architecture (esa) or the z/Architecture mode (zarch).
1388@item -march=@var{processor}
1389Specify which s390 processor variant is the target, @samp{g6}, @samp{g6},
1390@samp{z900}, @samp{z990}, @samp{z9-109}, @samp{z9-ec}, or @samp{z10}.
1391@item -mregnames
1392@itemx -mno-regnames
1393Allow or disallow symbolic names for registers.
1394@item -mwarn-areg-zero
1395Warn whenever the operand for a base or index register has been specified
1396but evaluates to zero.
1397@end table
1398@end ifset
2a633939 1399@c man end
11c19e16 1400
40b36596 1401@ifset TIC6X
2a633939
JM
1402
1403@ifclear man
1404@xref{TIC6X Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1405for a TMS320C6000 processor.
1406@end ifclear
1407
1408@ifset man
1409@c man begin OPTIONS
40b36596
JM
1410The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1411TMS320C6000 processor.
2a633939
JM
1412@c man end
1413@c man begin INCLUDE
1414@include c-tic6x.texi
1415@c ended inside the included file
1416@end ifset
40b36596
JM
1417
1418@end ifset
1419
aa137e4d
NC
1420@ifset TILEGX
1421
1422@ifclear man
1423@xref{TILE-Gx Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1424for a TILE-Gx processor.
1425@end ifclear
1426
1427@ifset man
1428@c man begin OPTIONS
1429The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a TILE-Gx
1430processor.
1431@c man end
1432@c man begin INCLUDE
1433@include c-tilegx.texi
1434@c ended inside the included file
1435@end ifset
1436
1437@end ifset
1438
e0001a05 1439@ifset XTENSA
e0001a05 1440
2d8b84ae
SA
1441@ifclear man
1442@xref{Xtensa Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1443for an Xtensa processor.
1444@end ifclear
1445
1446@ifset man
1447@c man begin OPTIONS
1448The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1449Xtensa processor.
1450@c man end
1451@c man begin INCLUDE
1452@include c-xtensa.texi
1453@c ended inside the included file
e0001a05
NC
1454@end ifset
1455
2d8b84ae
SA
1456@end ifset
1457
1458@c man begin OPTIONS
1459
3c9b82ba
NC
1460@ifset Z80
1461The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1462a Z80 family processor.
1463@table @gcctabopt
1464@item -z80
1465Assemble for Z80 processor.
1466@item -r800
1467Assemble for R800 processor.
01642c12 1468@item -ignore-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1469@itemx -Wnud
1470Assemble undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800 without warning.
01642c12 1471@item -ignore-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1472@itemx -Wnup
1473Assemble all undocumented Z80 instructions without warning.
01642c12 1474@item -warn-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1475@itemx -Wud
1476Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800.
01642c12 1477@item -warn-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1478@itemx -Wup
01642c12
RM
1479Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800.
1480@item -forbid-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1481@itemx -Fud
1482Treat all undocumented instructions as errors.
01642c12 1483@item -forbid-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1484@itemx -Fup
b45619c0 1485Treat undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800 as errors.
3c9b82ba
NC
1486@end table
1487@end ifset
1488
0285c67d
NC
1489@c man end
1490
252b5132
RH
1491@menu
1492* Manual:: Structure of this Manual
1493* GNU Assembler:: The GNU Assembler
1494* Object Formats:: Object File Formats
1495* Command Line:: Command Line
1496* Input Files:: Input Files
1497* Object:: Output (Object) File
1498* Errors:: Error and Warning Messages
1499@end menu
1500
1501@node Manual
1502@section Structure of this Manual
1503
1504@cindex manual, structure and purpose
1505This manual is intended to describe what you need to know to use
a4fb0134 1506@sc{gnu} @command{@value{AS}}. We cover the syntax expected in source files, including
252b5132 1507notation for symbols, constants, and expressions; the directives that
a4fb0134 1508@command{@value{AS}} understands; and of course how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1509
1510@ifclear GENERIC
1511We also cover special features in the @value{TARGET}
a4fb0134 1512configuration of @command{@value{AS}}, including assembler directives.
252b5132
RH
1513@end ifclear
1514@ifset GENERIC
1515This manual also describes some of the machine-dependent features of
1516various flavors of the assembler.
1517@end ifset
1518
1519@cindex machine instructions (not covered)
1520On the other hand, this manual is @emph{not} intended as an introduction
1521to programming in assembly language---let alone programming in general!
1522In a similar vein, we make no attempt to introduce the machine
1523architecture; we do @emph{not} describe the instruction set, standard
1524mnemonics, registers or addressing modes that are standard to a
1525particular architecture.
1526@ifset GENERIC
1527You may want to consult the manufacturer's
1528machine architecture manual for this information.
1529@end ifset
1530@ifclear GENERIC
1531@ifset H8/300
1532For information on the H8/300 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/300
c2dcd04e
NC
1533Series Programming Manual}. For the H8/300H, see @cite{H8/300H Series
1534Programming Manual} (Renesas).
252b5132 1535@end ifset
252b5132 1536@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
1537For information on the Renesas (formerly Hitachi) / SuperH SH machine instruction set,
1538see @cite{SH-Microcomputer User's Manual} (Renesas) or
1539@cite{SH-4 32-bit CPU Core Architecture} (SuperH) and
1540@cite{SuperH (SH) 64-Bit RISC Series} (SuperH).
252b5132
RH
1541@end ifset
1542@ifset Z8000
1543For information on the Z8000 machine instruction set, see @cite{Z8000 CPU Technical Manual}
1544@end ifset
1545@end ifclear
1546
1547@c I think this is premature---doc@cygnus.com, 17jan1991
1548@ignore
1549Throughout this manual, we assume that you are running @dfn{GNU},
1550the portable operating system from the @dfn{Free Software
1551Foundation, Inc.}. This restricts our attention to certain kinds of
1552computer (in particular, the kinds of computers that @sc{gnu} can run on);
1553once this assumption is granted examples and definitions need less
1554qualification.
1555
a4fb0134 1556@command{@value{AS}} is part of a team of programs that turn a high-level
252b5132
RH
1557human-readable series of instructions into a low-level
1558computer-readable series of instructions. Different versions of
a4fb0134 1559@command{@value{AS}} are used for different kinds of computer.
252b5132
RH
1560@end ignore
1561
1562@c There used to be a section "Terminology" here, which defined
1563@c "contents", "byte", "word", and "long". Defining "word" to any
1564@c particular size is confusing when the .word directive may generate 16
1565@c bits on one machine and 32 bits on another; in general, for the user
1566@c version of this manual, none of these terms seem essential to define.
1567@c They were used very little even in the former draft of the manual;
1568@c this draft makes an effort to avoid them (except in names of
1569@c directives).
1570
1571@node GNU Assembler
1572@section The GNU Assembler
1573
0285c67d
NC
1574@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1575
a4fb0134 1576@sc{gnu} @command{as} is really a family of assemblers.
252b5132 1577@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 1578This manual describes @command{@value{AS}}, a member of that family which is
252b5132
RH
1579configured for the @value{TARGET} architectures.
1580@end ifclear
1581If you use (or have used) the @sc{gnu} assembler on one architecture, you
1582should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another
1583architecture. Each version has much in common with the others,
1584including object file formats, most assembler directives (often called
1585@dfn{pseudo-ops}) and assembler syntax.@refill
1586
1587@cindex purpose of @sc{gnu} assembler
a4fb0134 1588@command{@value{AS}} is primarily intended to assemble the output of the
252b5132 1589@sc{gnu} C compiler @code{@value{GCC}} for use by the linker
a4fb0134 1590@code{@value{LD}}. Nevertheless, we've tried to make @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
1591assemble correctly everything that other assemblers for the same
1592machine would assemble.
1593@ifset VAX
1594Any exceptions are documented explicitly (@pxref{Machine Dependencies}).
1595@end ifset
1596@ifset M680X0
1597@c This remark should appear in generic version of manual; assumption
1598@c here is that generic version sets M680x0.
a4fb0134 1599This doesn't mean @command{@value{AS}} always uses the same syntax as another
252b5132
RH
1600assembler for the same architecture; for example, we know of several
1601incompatible versions of 680x0 assembly language syntax.
1602@end ifset
1603
0285c67d
NC
1604@c man end
1605
a4fb0134 1606Unlike older assemblers, @command{@value{AS}} is designed to assemble a source
252b5132
RH
1607program in one pass of the source file. This has a subtle impact on the
1608@kbd{.org} directive (@pxref{Org,,@code{.org}}).
1609
1610@node Object Formats
1611@section Object File Formats
1612
1613@cindex object file format
1614The @sc{gnu} assembler can be configured to produce several alternative
1615object file formats. For the most part, this does not affect how you
1616write assembly language programs; but directives for debugging symbols
1617are typically different in different file formats. @xref{Symbol
1618Attributes,,Symbol Attributes}.
1619@ifclear GENERIC
1620@ifclear MULTI-OBJ
c1253627 1621For the @value{TARGET} target, @command{@value{AS}} is configured to produce
252b5132
RH
1622@value{OBJ-NAME} format object files.
1623@end ifclear
1624@c The following should exhaust all configs that set MULTI-OBJ, ideally
252b5132 1625@ifset I960
a4fb0134 1626On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1627@code{b.out} or COFF format object files.
1628@end ifset
1629@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134 1630On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1631SOM or ELF format object files.
1632@end ifset
1633@end ifclear
1634
1635@node Command Line
1636@section Command Line
1637
1638@cindex command line conventions
0285c67d 1639
a4fb0134 1640After the program name @command{@value{AS}}, the command line may contain
252b5132
RH
1641options and file names. Options may appear in any order, and may be
1642before, after, or between file names. The order of file names is
1643significant.
1644
1645@cindex standard input, as input file
1646@kindex --
1647@file{--} (two hyphens) by itself names the standard input file
a4fb0134 1648explicitly, as one of the files for @command{@value{AS}} to assemble.
252b5132
RH
1649
1650@cindex options, command line
1651Except for @samp{--} any command line argument that begins with a
1652hyphen (@samp{-}) is an option. Each option changes the behavior of
a4fb0134 1653@command{@value{AS}}. No option changes the way another option works. An
252b5132
RH
1654option is a @samp{-} followed by one or more letters; the case of
1655the letter is important. All options are optional.
1656
1657Some options expect exactly one file name to follow them. The file
1658name may either immediately follow the option's letter (compatible
1659with older assemblers) or it may be the next command argument (@sc{gnu}
1660standard). These two command lines are equivalent:
1661
1662@smallexample
1663@value{AS} -o my-object-file.o mumble.s
1664@value{AS} -omy-object-file.o mumble.s
1665@end smallexample
1666
1667@node Input Files
1668@section Input Files
1669
1670@cindex input
1671@cindex source program
1672@cindex files, input
1673We use the phrase @dfn{source program}, abbreviated @dfn{source}, to
a4fb0134 1674describe the program input to one run of @command{@value{AS}}. The program may
252b5132
RH
1675be in one or more files; how the source is partitioned into files
1676doesn't change the meaning of the source.
1677
1678@c I added "con" prefix to "catenation" just to prove I can overcome my
1679@c APL training... doc@cygnus.com
1680The source program is a concatenation of the text in all the files, in the
1681order specified.
1682
0285c67d 1683@c man begin DESCRIPTION
a4fb0134 1684Each time you run @command{@value{AS}} it assembles exactly one source
252b5132
RH
1685program. The source program is made up of one or more files.
1686(The standard input is also a file.)
1687
a4fb0134 1688You give @command{@value{AS}} a command line that has zero or more input file
252b5132
RH
1689names. The input files are read (from left file name to right). A
1690command line argument (in any position) that has no special meaning
1691is taken to be an input file name.
1692
a4fb0134
SC
1693If you give @command{@value{AS}} no file names it attempts to read one input file
1694from the @command{@value{AS}} standard input, which is normally your terminal. You
1695may have to type @key{ctl-D} to tell @command{@value{AS}} there is no more program
252b5132
RH
1696to assemble.
1697
1698Use @samp{--} if you need to explicitly name the standard input file
1699in your command line.
1700
a4fb0134 1701If the source is empty, @command{@value{AS}} produces a small, empty object
252b5132
RH
1702file.
1703
0285c67d
NC
1704@c man end
1705
252b5132
RH
1706@subheading Filenames and Line-numbers
1707
1708@cindex input file linenumbers
1709@cindex line numbers, in input files
1710There are two ways of locating a line in the input file (or files) and
1711either may be used in reporting error messages. One way refers to a line
1712number in a physical file; the other refers to a line number in a
1713``logical'' file. @xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
1714
1715@dfn{Physical files} are those files named in the command line given
a4fb0134 1716to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1717
1718@dfn{Logical files} are simply names declared explicitly by assembler
1719directives; they bear no relation to physical files. Logical file names help
a4fb0134
SC
1720error messages reflect the original source file, when @command{@value{AS}} source
1721is itself synthesized from other files. @command{@value{AS}} understands the
252b5132
RH
1722@samp{#} directives emitted by the @code{@value{GCC}} preprocessor. See also
1723@ref{File,,@code{.file}}.
1724
1725@node Object
1726@section Output (Object) File
1727
1728@cindex object file
1729@cindex output file
1730@kindex a.out
1731@kindex .o
a4fb0134 1732Every time you run @command{@value{AS}} it produces an output file, which is
252b5132
RH
1733your assembly language program translated into numbers. This file
1734is the object file. Its default name is
1735@ifclear BOUT
1736@code{a.out}.
1737@end ifclear
1738@ifset BOUT
1739@ifset GENERIC
01642c12 1740@code{a.out}, or
252b5132 1741@end ifset
a4fb0134 1742@code{b.out} when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for the Intel 80960.
252b5132 1743@end ifset
a4fb0134 1744You can give it another name by using the @option{-o} option. Conventionally,
252b5132
RH
1745object file names end with @file{.o}. The default name is used for historical
1746reasons: older assemblers were capable of assembling self-contained programs
1747directly into a runnable program. (For some formats, this isn't currently
1748possible, but it can be done for the @code{a.out} format.)
1749
1750@cindex linker
1751@kindex ld
1752The object file is meant for input to the linker @code{@value{LD}}. It contains
1753assembled program code, information to help @code{@value{LD}} integrate
1754the assembled program into a runnable file, and (optionally) symbolic
1755information for the debugger.
1756
1757@c link above to some info file(s) like the description of a.out.
1758@c don't forget to describe @sc{gnu} info as well as Unix lossage.
1759
1760@node Errors
1761@section Error and Warning Messages
1762
0285c67d
NC
1763@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1764
a349d9dd 1765@cindex error messages
252b5132
RH
1766@cindex warning messages
1767@cindex messages from assembler
a4fb0134 1768@command{@value{AS}} may write warnings and error messages to the standard error
252b5132 1769file (usually your terminal). This should not happen when a compiler
a4fb0134
SC
1770runs @command{@value{AS}} automatically. Warnings report an assumption made so
1771that @command{@value{AS}} could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a
252b5132
RH
1772grave problem that stops the assembly.
1773
0285c67d
NC
1774@c man end
1775
252b5132
RH
1776@cindex format of warning messages
1777Warning messages have the format
1778
1779@smallexample
1780file_name:@b{NNN}:Warning Message Text
1781@end smallexample
1782
1783@noindent
1784@cindex line numbers, in warnings/errors
1785(where @b{NNN} is a line number). If a logical file name has been given
1786(@pxref{File,,@code{.file}}) it is used for the filename, otherwise the name of
1787the current input file is used. If a logical line number was given
1788@ifset GENERIC
1789(@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}})
1790@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1791then it is used to calculate the number printed,
1792otherwise the actual line in the current source file is printed. The
1793message text is intended to be self explanatory (in the grand Unix
1794tradition).
1795
1796@cindex format of error messages
1797Error messages have the format
1798@smallexample
1799file_name:@b{NNN}:FATAL:Error Message Text
1800@end smallexample
1801The file name and line number are derived as for warning
1802messages. The actual message text may be rather less explanatory
1803because many of them aren't supposed to happen.
1804
1805@node Invoking
1806@chapter Command-Line Options
1807
1808@cindex options, all versions of assembler
1809This chapter describes command-line options available in @emph{all}
96e9638b
BW
1810versions of the @sc{gnu} assembler; see @ref{Machine Dependencies},
1811for options specific
252b5132 1812@ifclear GENERIC
c1253627 1813to the @value{TARGET} target.
252b5132
RH
1814@end ifclear
1815@ifset GENERIC
1816to particular machine architectures.
1817@end ifset
1818
0285c67d
NC
1819@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1820
c1253627 1821If you are invoking @command{@value{AS}} via the @sc{gnu} C compiler,
252b5132
RH
1822you can use the @samp{-Wa} option to pass arguments through to the assembler.
1823The assembler arguments must be separated from each other (and the @samp{-Wa})
1824by commas. For example:
1825
1826@smallexample
1827gcc -c -g -O -Wa,-alh,-L file.c
1828@end smallexample
1829
1830@noindent
1831This passes two options to the assembler: @samp{-alh} (emit a listing to
5f5e16be 1832standard output with high-level and assembly source) and @samp{-L} (retain
252b5132
RH
1833local symbols in the symbol table).
1834
1835Usually you do not need to use this @samp{-Wa} mechanism, since many compiler
1836command-line options are automatically passed to the assembler by the compiler.
1837(You can call the @sc{gnu} compiler driver with the @samp{-v} option to see
1838precisely what options it passes to each compilation pass, including the
1839assembler.)
1840
0285c67d
NC
1841@c man end
1842
252b5132 1843@menu
83f10cb2 1844* a:: -a[cdghlns] enable listings
caa32fe5 1845* alternate:: --alternate enable alternate macro syntax
252b5132
RH
1846* D:: -D for compatibility
1847* f:: -f to work faster
1848* I:: -I for .include search path
1849@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1850* K:: -K for compatibility
1851@end ifclear
1852@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1853* K:: -K for difference tables
1854@end ifset
1855
ba83aca1 1856* L:: -L to retain local symbols
c3a27914 1857* listing:: --listing-XXX to configure listing output
252b5132
RH
1858* M:: -M or --mri to assemble in MRI compatibility mode
1859* MD:: --MD for dependency tracking
1860* o:: -o to name the object file
1861* R:: -R to join data and text sections
1862* statistics:: --statistics to see statistics about assembly
1863* traditional-format:: --traditional-format for compatible output
1864* v:: -v to announce version
2bdd6cf5 1865* W:: -W, --no-warn, --warn, --fatal-warnings to control warnings
252b5132
RH
1866* Z:: -Z to make object file even after errors
1867@end menu
1868
1869@node a
83f10cb2 1870@section Enable Listings: @option{-a[cdghlns]}
252b5132
RH
1871
1872@kindex -a
1873@kindex -ac
1874@kindex -ad
83f10cb2 1875@kindex -ag
252b5132
RH
1876@kindex -ah
1877@kindex -al
1878@kindex -an
1879@kindex -as
1880@cindex listings, enabling
1881@cindex assembly listings, enabling
1882
1883These options enable listing output from the assembler. By itself,
1884@samp{-a} requests high-level, assembly, and symbols listing.
1885You can use other letters to select specific options for the list:
1886@samp{-ah} requests a high-level language listing,
1887@samp{-al} requests an output-program assembly listing, and
1888@samp{-as} requests a symbol table listing.
1889High-level listings require that a compiler debugging option like
1890@samp{-g} be used, and that assembly listings (@samp{-al}) be requested
1891also.
1892
83f10cb2
NC
1893Use the @samp{-ag} option to print a first section with general assembly
1894information, like @value{AS} version, switches passed, or time stamp.
1895
252b5132
RH
1896Use the @samp{-ac} option to omit false conditionals from a listing. Any lines
1897which are not assembled because of a false @code{.if} (or @code{.ifdef}, or any
1898other conditional), or a true @code{.if} followed by an @code{.else}, will be
1899omitted from the listing.
1900
1901Use the @samp{-ad} option to omit debugging directives from the
1902listing.
1903
1904Once you have specified one of these options, you can further control
1905listing output and its appearance using the directives @code{.list},
1906@code{.nolist}, @code{.psize}, @code{.eject}, @code{.title}, and
1907@code{.sbttl}.
1908The @samp{-an} option turns off all forms processing.
1909If you do not request listing output with one of the @samp{-a} options, the
1910listing-control directives have no effect.
1911
1912The letters after @samp{-a} may be combined into one option,
1913@emph{e.g.}, @samp{-aln}.
1914
96e9638b
BW
1915Note if the assembler source is coming from the standard input (e.g.,
1916because it
c3a27914
NC
1917is being created by @code{@value{GCC}} and the @samp{-pipe} command line switch
1918is being used) then the listing will not contain any comments or preprocessor
1919directives. This is because the listing code buffers input source lines from
1920stdin only after they have been preprocessed by the assembler. This reduces
1921memory usage and makes the code more efficient.
1922
caa32fe5
NC
1923@node alternate
1924@section @option{--alternate}
1925
1926@kindex --alternate
1927Begin in alternate macro mode, see @ref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
1928
252b5132 1929@node D
a4fb0134 1930@section @option{-D}
252b5132
RH
1931
1932@kindex -D
1933This option has no effect whatsoever, but it is accepted to make it more
1934likely that scripts written for other assemblers also work with
a4fb0134 1935@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1936
1937@node f
a4fb0134 1938@section Work Faster: @option{-f}
252b5132
RH
1939
1940@kindex -f
1941@cindex trusted compiler
a4fb0134 1942@cindex faster processing (@option{-f})
252b5132
RH
1943@samp{-f} should only be used when assembling programs written by a
1944(trusted) compiler. @samp{-f} stops the assembler from doing whitespace
1945and comment preprocessing on
1946the input file(s) before assembling them. @xref{Preprocessing,
1947,Preprocessing}.
1948
1949@quotation
1950@emph{Warning:} if you use @samp{-f} when the files actually need to be
a4fb0134 1951preprocessed (if they contain comments, for example), @command{@value{AS}} does
252b5132
RH
1952not work correctly.
1953@end quotation
1954
1955@node I
c1253627 1956@section @code{.include} Search Path: @option{-I} @var{path}
252b5132
RH
1957
1958@kindex -I @var{path}
1959@cindex paths for @code{.include}
1960@cindex search path for @code{.include}
1961@cindex @code{include} directive search path
1962Use this option to add a @var{path} to the list of directories
a4fb0134
SC
1963@command{@value{AS}} searches for files specified in @code{.include}
1964directives (@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You may use @option{-I} as
252b5132 1965many times as necessary to include a variety of paths. The current
a4fb0134 1966working directory is always searched first; after that, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
1967searches any @samp{-I} directories in the same order as they were
1968specified (left to right) on the command line.
1969
1970@node K
a4fb0134 1971@section Difference Tables: @option{-K}
252b5132
RH
1972
1973@kindex -K
1974@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1975On the @value{TARGET} family, this option is allowed, but has no effect. It is
1976permitted for compatibility with the @sc{gnu} assembler on other platforms,
1977where it can be used to warn when the assembler alters the machine code
1978generated for @samp{.word} directives in difference tables. The @value{TARGET}
1979family does not have the addressing limitations that sometimes lead to this
1980alteration on other platforms.
1981@end ifclear
1982
1983@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1984@cindex difference tables, warning
1985@cindex warning for altered difference tables
96e9638b
BW
1986@command{@value{AS}} sometimes alters the code emitted for directives of the
1987form @samp{.word @var{sym1}-@var{sym2}}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
252b5132
RH
1988You can use the @samp{-K} option if you want a warning issued when this
1989is done.
1990@end ifset
1991
1992@node L
ba83aca1 1993@section Include Local Symbols: @option{-L}
252b5132
RH
1994
1995@kindex -L
ba83aca1
BW
1996@cindex local symbols, retaining in output
1997Symbols beginning with system-specific local label prefixes, typically
1998@samp{.L} for ELF systems or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, are
1999called @dfn{local symbols}. @xref{Symbol Names}. Normally you do not see
2000such symbols when debugging, because they are intended for the use of
2001programs (like compilers) that compose assembler programs, not for your
2002notice. Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} discard
2003such symbols, so you do not normally debug with them.
2004
2005This option tells @command{@value{AS}} to retain those local symbols
252b5132 2006in the object file. Usually if you do this you also tell the linker
ba83aca1 2007@code{@value{LD}} to preserve those symbols.
252b5132 2008
c3a27914 2009@node listing
a4fb0134 2010@section Configuring listing output: @option{--listing}
c3a27914
NC
2011
2012The listing feature of the assembler can be enabled via the command line switch
2013@samp{-a} (@pxref{a}). This feature combines the input source file(s) with a
2014hex dump of the corresponding locations in the output object file, and displays
96e9638b
BW
2015them as a listing file. The format of this listing can be controlled by
2016directives inside the assembler source (i.e., @code{.list} (@pxref{List}),
2017@code{.title} (@pxref{Title}), @code{.sbttl} (@pxref{Sbttl}),
2018@code{.psize} (@pxref{Psize}), and
2019@code{.eject} (@pxref{Eject}) and also by the following switches:
c3a27914 2020
a4fb0134 2021@table @gcctabopt
c3a27914
NC
2022@item --listing-lhs-width=@samp{number}
2023@kindex --listing-lhs-width
2024@cindex Width of first line disassembly output
2025Sets the maximum width, in words, of the first line of the hex byte dump. This
2026dump appears on the left hand side of the listing output.
2027
2028@item --listing-lhs-width2=@samp{number}
2029@kindex --listing-lhs-width2
2030@cindex Width of continuation lines of disassembly output
2031Sets the maximum width, in words, of any further lines of the hex byte dump for
8dfa0188 2032a given input source line. If this value is not specified, it defaults to being
c3a27914
NC
2033the same as the value specified for @samp{--listing-lhs-width}. If neither
2034switch is used the default is to one.
2035
2036@item --listing-rhs-width=@samp{number}
2037@kindex --listing-rhs-width
2038@cindex Width of source line output
2039Sets the maximum width, in characters, of the source line that is displayed
2040alongside the hex dump. The default value for this parameter is 100. The
2041source line is displayed on the right hand side of the listing output.
2042
2043@item --listing-cont-lines=@samp{number}
2044@kindex --listing-cont-lines
2045@cindex Maximum number of continuation lines
2046Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex dump that will be
2047displayed for a given single line of source input. The default value is 4.
2048@end table
2049
252b5132 2050@node M
a4fb0134 2051@section Assemble in MRI Compatibility Mode: @option{-M}
252b5132
RH
2052
2053@kindex -M
2054@cindex MRI compatibility mode
a4fb0134
SC
2055The @option{-M} or @option{--mri} option selects MRI compatibility mode. This
2056changes the syntax and pseudo-op handling of @command{@value{AS}} to make it
252b5132
RH
2057compatible with the @code{ASM68K} or the @code{ASM960} (depending upon the
2058configured target) assembler from Microtec Research. The exact nature of the
2059MRI syntax will not be documented here; see the MRI manuals for more
2060information. Note in particular that the handling of macros and macro
2061arguments is somewhat different. The purpose of this option is to permit
a4fb0134 2062assembling existing MRI assembler code using @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2063
2064The MRI compatibility is not complete. Certain operations of the MRI assembler
2065depend upon its object file format, and can not be supported using other object
2066file formats. Supporting these would require enhancing each object file format
2067individually. These are:
2068
2069@itemize @bullet
2070@item global symbols in common section
2071
2072The m68k MRI assembler supports common sections which are merged by the linker.
a4fb0134 2073Other object file formats do not support this. @command{@value{AS}} handles
252b5132
RH
2074common sections by treating them as a single common symbol. It permits local
2075symbols to be defined within a common section, but it can not support global
2076symbols, since it has no way to describe them.
2077
2078@item complex relocations
2079
2080The MRI assemblers support relocations against a negated section address, and
2081relocations which combine the start addresses of two or more sections. These
2082are not support by other object file formats.
2083
2084@item @code{END} pseudo-op specifying start address
2085
2086The MRI @code{END} pseudo-op permits the specification of a start address.
2087This is not supported by other object file formats. The start address may
a4fb0134 2088instead be specified using the @option{-e} option to the linker, or in a linker
252b5132
RH
2089script.
2090
2091@item @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops
2092
2093The MRI @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops assign a module
2094name to the output file. This is not supported by other object file formats.
2095
2096@item @code{ORG} pseudo-op
2097
2098The m68k MRI @code{ORG} pseudo-op begins an absolute section at a given
a4fb0134 2099address. This differs from the usual @command{@value{AS}} @code{.org} pseudo-op,
252b5132
RH
2100which changes the location within the current section. Absolute sections are
2101not supported by other object file formats. The address of a section may be
2102assigned within a linker script.
2103@end itemize
2104
2105There are some other features of the MRI assembler which are not supported by
a4fb0134 2106@command{@value{AS}}, typically either because they are difficult or because they
252b5132
RH
2107seem of little consequence. Some of these may be supported in future releases.
2108
2109@itemize @bullet
2110
2111@item EBCDIC strings
2112
2113EBCDIC strings are not supported.
2114
2115@item packed binary coded decimal
2116
2117Packed binary coded decimal is not supported. This means that the @code{DC.P}
2118and @code{DCB.P} pseudo-ops are not supported.
2119
2120@item @code{FEQU} pseudo-op
2121
2122The m68k @code{FEQU} pseudo-op is not supported.
2123
2124@item @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op
2125
2126The m68k @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op is not supported.
2127
2128@item @code{OPT} branch control options
2129
2130The m68k @code{OPT} branch control options---@code{B}, @code{BRS}, @code{BRB},
a4fb0134 2131@code{BRL}, and @code{BRW}---are ignored. @command{@value{AS}} automatically
252b5132
RH
2132relaxes all branches, whether forward or backward, to an appropriate size, so
2133these options serve no purpose.
2134
2135@item @code{OPT} list control options
2136
2137The following m68k @code{OPT} list control options are ignored: @code{C},
2138@code{CEX}, @code{CL}, @code{CRE}, @code{E}, @code{G}, @code{I}, @code{M},
2139@code{MEX}, @code{MC}, @code{MD}, @code{X}.
2140
2141@item other @code{OPT} options
2142
2143The following m68k @code{OPT} options are ignored: @code{NEST}, @code{O},
2144@code{OLD}, @code{OP}, @code{P}, @code{PCO}, @code{PCR}, @code{PCS}, @code{R}.
2145
2146@item @code{OPT} @code{D} option is default
2147
2148The m68k @code{OPT} @code{D} option is the default, unlike the MRI assembler.
2149@code{OPT NOD} may be used to turn it off.
2150
2151@item @code{XREF} pseudo-op.
2152
2153The m68k @code{XREF} pseudo-op is ignored.
2154
2155@item @code{.debug} pseudo-op
2156
2157The i960 @code{.debug} pseudo-op is not supported.
2158
2159@item @code{.extended} pseudo-op
2160
2161The i960 @code{.extended} pseudo-op is not supported.
2162
2163@item @code{.list} pseudo-op.
2164
2165The various options of the i960 @code{.list} pseudo-op are not supported.
2166
2167@item @code{.optimize} pseudo-op
2168
2169The i960 @code{.optimize} pseudo-op is not supported.
2170
2171@item @code{.output} pseudo-op
2172
2173The i960 @code{.output} pseudo-op is not supported.
2174
2175@item @code{.setreal} pseudo-op
2176
2177The i960 @code{.setreal} pseudo-op is not supported.
2178
2179@end itemize
2180
2181@node MD
c1253627 2182@section Dependency Tracking: @option{--MD}
252b5132
RH
2183
2184@kindex --MD
2185@cindex dependency tracking
2186@cindex make rules
2187
a4fb0134 2188@command{@value{AS}} can generate a dependency file for the file it creates. This
252b5132
RH
2189file consists of a single rule suitable for @code{make} describing the
2190dependencies of the main source file.
2191
2192The rule is written to the file named in its argument.
2193
2194This feature is used in the automatic updating of makefiles.
2195
2196@node o
a4fb0134 2197@section Name the Object File: @option{-o}
252b5132
RH
2198
2199@kindex -o
2200@cindex naming object file
2201@cindex object file name
a4fb0134 2202There is always one object file output when you run @command{@value{AS}}. By
252b5132
RH
2203default it has the name
2204@ifset GENERIC
2205@ifset I960
2206@file{a.out} (or @file{b.out}, for Intel 960 targets only).
2207@end ifset
2208@ifclear I960
2209@file{a.out}.
2210@end ifclear
2211@end ifset
2212@ifclear GENERIC
2213@ifset I960
2214@file{b.out}.
2215@end ifset
2216@ifclear I960
2217@file{a.out}.
2218@end ifclear
2219@end ifclear
2220You use this option (which takes exactly one filename) to give the
2221object file a different name.
2222
a4fb0134 2223Whatever the object file is called, @command{@value{AS}} overwrites any
252b5132
RH
2224existing file of the same name.
2225
2226@node R
a4fb0134 2227@section Join Data and Text Sections: @option{-R}
252b5132
RH
2228
2229@kindex -R
2230@cindex data and text sections, joining
2231@cindex text and data sections, joining
2232@cindex joining text and data sections
2233@cindex merging text and data sections
a4fb0134 2234@option{-R} tells @command{@value{AS}} to write the object file as if all
252b5132
RH
2235data-section data lives in the text section. This is only done at
2236the very last moment: your binary data are the same, but data
2237section parts are relocated differently. The data section part of
2238your object file is zero bytes long because all its bytes are
2239appended to the text section. (@xref{Sections,,Sections and Relocation}.)
2240
a4fb0134 2241When you specify @option{-R} it would be possible to generate shorter
252b5132
RH
2242address displacements (because we do not have to cross between text and
2243data section). We refrain from doing this simply for compatibility with
a4fb0134 2244older versions of @command{@value{AS}}. In future, @option{-R} may work this way.
252b5132 2245
c1253627
NC
2246@ifset COFF-ELF
2247When @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF or ELF output,
252b5132
RH
2248this option is only useful if you use sections named @samp{.text} and
2249@samp{.data}.
2250@end ifset
2251
2252@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134
SC
2253@option{-R} is not supported for any of the HPPA targets. Using
2254@option{-R} generates a warning from @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2255@end ifset
2256
2257@node statistics
a4fb0134 2258@section Display Assembly Statistics: @option{--statistics}
252b5132
RH
2259
2260@kindex --statistics
2261@cindex statistics, about assembly
2262@cindex time, total for assembly
2263@cindex space used, maximum for assembly
2264Use @samp{--statistics} to display two statistics about the resources used by
a4fb0134 2265@command{@value{AS}}: the maximum amount of space allocated during the assembly
252b5132
RH
2266(in bytes), and the total execution time taken for the assembly (in @sc{cpu}
2267seconds).
2268
2269@node traditional-format
c1253627 2270@section Compatible Output: @option{--traditional-format}
252b5132
RH
2271
2272@kindex --traditional-format
a4fb0134 2273For some targets, the output of @command{@value{AS}} is different in some ways
252b5132 2274from the output of some existing assembler. This switch requests
a4fb0134 2275@command{@value{AS}} to use the traditional format instead.
252b5132
RH
2276
2277For example, it disables the exception frame optimizations which
a4fb0134 2278@command{@value{AS}} normally does by default on @code{@value{GCC}} output.
252b5132
RH
2279
2280@node v
a4fb0134 2281@section Announce Version: @option{-v}
252b5132
RH
2282
2283@kindex -v
2284@kindex -version
2285@cindex assembler version
2286@cindex version of assembler
2287You can find out what version of as is running by including the
2288option @samp{-v} (which you can also spell as @samp{-version}) on the
2289command line.
2290
2291@node W
a4fb0134 2292@section Control Warnings: @option{-W}, @option{--warn}, @option{--no-warn}, @option{--fatal-warnings}
252b5132 2293
a4fb0134 2294@command{@value{AS}} should never give a warning or error message when
252b5132 2295assembling compiler output. But programs written by people often
a4fb0134 2296cause @command{@value{AS}} to give a warning that a particular assumption was
252b5132 2297made. All such warnings are directed to the standard error file.
2bdd6cf5 2298
c1253627
NC
2299@kindex -W
2300@kindex --no-warn
2bdd6cf5
GK
2301@cindex suppressing warnings
2302@cindex warnings, suppressing
a4fb0134 2303If you use the @option{-W} and @option{--no-warn} options, no warnings are issued.
2bdd6cf5 2304This only affects the warning messages: it does not change any particular of
a4fb0134 2305how @command{@value{AS}} assembles your file. Errors, which stop the assembly,
2bdd6cf5
GK
2306are still reported.
2307
c1253627 2308@kindex --fatal-warnings
2bdd6cf5
GK
2309@cindex errors, caused by warnings
2310@cindex warnings, causing error
a4fb0134 2311If you use the @option{--fatal-warnings} option, @command{@value{AS}} considers
2bdd6cf5
GK
2312files that generate warnings to be in error.
2313
c1253627 2314@kindex --warn
2bdd6cf5 2315@cindex warnings, switching on
a4fb0134 2316You can switch these options off again by specifying @option{--warn}, which
2bdd6cf5 2317causes warnings to be output as usual.
252b5132
RH
2318
2319@node Z
a4fb0134 2320@section Generate Object File in Spite of Errors: @option{-Z}
252b5132
RH
2321@cindex object file, after errors
2322@cindex errors, continuing after
a4fb0134 2323After an error message, @command{@value{AS}} normally produces no output. If for
252b5132 2324some reason you are interested in object file output even after
a4fb0134
SC
2325@command{@value{AS}} gives an error message on your program, use the @samp{-Z}
2326option. If there are any errors, @command{@value{AS}} continues anyways, and
252b5132
RH
2327writes an object file after a final warning message of the form @samp{@var{n}
2328errors, @var{m} warnings, generating bad object file.}
2329
2330@node Syntax
2331@chapter Syntax
2332
2333@cindex machine-independent syntax
2334@cindex syntax, machine-independent
2335This chapter describes the machine-independent syntax allowed in a
a4fb0134 2336source file. @command{@value{AS}} syntax is similar to what many other
252b5132
RH
2337assemblers use; it is inspired by the BSD 4.2
2338@ifclear VAX
2339assembler.
2340@end ifclear
2341@ifset VAX
a4fb0134 2342assembler, except that @command{@value{AS}} does not assemble Vax bit-fields.
252b5132
RH
2343@end ifset
2344
2345@menu
7c31ae13 2346* Preprocessing:: Preprocessing
252b5132
RH
2347* Whitespace:: Whitespace
2348* Comments:: Comments
2349* Symbol Intro:: Symbols
2350* Statements:: Statements
2351* Constants:: Constants
2352@end menu
2353
2354@node Preprocessing
2355@section Preprocessing
2356
2357@cindex preprocessing
a4fb0134 2358The @command{@value{AS}} internal preprocessor:
252b5132
RH
2359@itemize @bullet
2360@cindex whitespace, removed by preprocessor
2361@item
2362adjusts and removes extra whitespace. It leaves one space or tab before
2363the keywords on a line, and turns any other whitespace on the line into
2364a single space.
2365
2366@cindex comments, removed by preprocessor
2367@item
2368removes all comments, replacing them with a single space, or an
2369appropriate number of newlines.
2370
2371@cindex constants, converted by preprocessor
2372@item
2373converts character constants into the appropriate numeric values.
2374@end itemize
2375
2376It does not do macro processing, include file handling, or
2377anything else you may get from your C compiler's preprocessor. You can
2378do include file processing with the @code{.include} directive
2379(@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You can use the @sc{gnu} C compiler driver
c1253627 2380to get other ``CPP'' style preprocessing by giving the input file a
96e9638b 2381@samp{.S} suffix. @xref{Overall Options, ,Options Controlling the Kind of
252b5132
RH
2382Output, gcc.info, Using GNU CC}.
2383
2384Excess whitespace, comments, and character constants
2385cannot be used in the portions of the input text that are not
2386preprocessed.
2387
2388@cindex turning preprocessing on and off
2389@cindex preprocessing, turning on and off
2390@kindex #NO_APP
2391@kindex #APP
2392If the first line of an input file is @code{#NO_APP} or if you use the
2393@samp{-f} option, whitespace and comments are not removed from the input file.
2394Within an input file, you can ask for whitespace and comment removal in
2395specific portions of the by putting a line that says @code{#APP} before the
2396text that may contain whitespace or comments, and putting a line that says
2397@code{#NO_APP} after this text. This feature is mainly intend to support
2398@code{asm} statements in compilers whose output is otherwise free of comments
2399and whitespace.
2400
2401@node Whitespace
2402@section Whitespace
2403
2404@cindex whitespace
2405@dfn{Whitespace} is one or more blanks or tabs, in any order.
2406Whitespace is used to separate symbols, and to make programs neater for
2407people to read. Unless within character constants
2408(@pxref{Characters,,Character Constants}), any whitespace means the same
2409as exactly one space.
2410
2411@node Comments
2412@section Comments
2413
2414@cindex comments
a4fb0134 2415There are two ways of rendering comments to @command{@value{AS}}. In both
252b5132
RH
2416cases the comment is equivalent to one space.
2417
2418Anything from @samp{/*} through the next @samp{*/} is a comment.
2419This means you may not nest these comments.
2420
2421@smallexample
2422/*
2423 The only way to include a newline ('\n') in a comment
2424 is to use this sort of comment.
2425*/
2426
2427/* This sort of comment does not nest. */
2428@end smallexample
2429
2430@cindex line comment character
7c31ae13
NC
2431Anything from a @dfn{line comment} character up to the next newline is
2432considered a comment and is ignored. The line comment character is target
2433specific, and some targets multiple comment characters. Some targets also have
2434line comment characters that only work if they are the first character on a
2435line. Some targets use a sequence of two characters to introduce a line
2436comment. Some targets can also change their line comment characters depending
2437upon command line options that have been used. For more details see the
2438@emph{Syntax} section in the documentation for individual targets.
2439
2440If the line comment character is the hash sign (@samp{#}) then it still has the
2441special ability to enable and disable preprocessing (@pxref{Preprocessing}) and
2442to specify logical line numbers:
252b5132
RH
2443
2444@kindex #
2445@cindex lines starting with @code{#}
2446@cindex logical line numbers
2447To be compatible with past assemblers, lines that begin with @samp{#} have a
2448special interpretation. Following the @samp{#} should be an absolute
2449expression (@pxref{Expressions}): the logical line number of the @emph{next}
96e9638b 2450line. Then a string (@pxref{Strings, ,Strings}) is allowed: if present it is a
252b5132
RH
2451new logical file name. The rest of the line, if any, should be whitespace.
2452
2453If the first non-whitespace characters on the line are not numeric,
2454the line is ignored. (Just like a comment.)
2455
2456@smallexample
2457 # This is an ordinary comment.
2458# 42-6 "new_file_name" # New logical file name
2459 # This is logical line # 36.
2460@end smallexample
2461This feature is deprecated, and may disappear from future versions
a4fb0134 2462of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2463
2464@node Symbol Intro
2465@section Symbols
2466
2467@cindex characters used in symbols
2468@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
2469A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2470letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2471@samp{_.$}.
2472@end ifclear
2473@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
2474@ifclear GENERIC
2475@ifset H8
2476A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2477letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2478@samp{._$}. (Save that, on the H8/300 only, you may not use @samp{$} in
2479symbol names.)
2480@end ifset
2481@end ifclear
2482@end ifset
2483@ifset GENERIC
2484On most machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions
2485are noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}.
2486@end ifset
2487No symbol may begin with a digit. Case is significant.
7bfd842d
NC
2488There is no length limit: all characters are significant. Multibyte characters
2489are supported. Symbols are delimited by characters not in that set, or by the
2490beginning of a file (since the source program must end with a newline, the end
2491of a file is not a possible symbol delimiter). @xref{Symbols}.
252b5132
RH
2492@cindex length of symbols
2493
2494@node Statements
2495@section Statements
2496
2497@cindex statements, structure of
2498@cindex line separator character
2499@cindex statement separator character
7c31ae13
NC
2500
2501A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or a
2502@dfn{line separator character}. The line separator character is target
2503specific and described in the @emph{Syntax} section of each
2504target's documentation. Not all targets support a line separator character.
2505The newline or line separator character is considered to be part of the
2506preceding statement. Newlines and separators within character constants are an
252b5132 2507exception: they do not end statements.
252b5132
RH
2508
2509@cindex newline, required at file end
2510@cindex EOF, newline must precede
2511It is an error to end any statement with end-of-file: the last
2512character of any input file should be a newline.@refill
2513
2514An empty statement is allowed, and may include whitespace. It is ignored.
2515
2516@cindex instructions and directives
2517@cindex directives and instructions
2518@c "key symbol" is not used elsewhere in the document; seems pedantic to
2519@c @defn{} it in that case, as was done previously... doc@cygnus.com,
2520@c 13feb91.
2521A statement begins with zero or more labels, optionally followed by a
2522key symbol which determines what kind of statement it is. The key
2523symbol determines the syntax of the rest of the statement. If the
2524symbol begins with a dot @samp{.} then the statement is an assembler
2525directive: typically valid for any computer. If the symbol begins with
2526a letter the statement is an assembly language @dfn{instruction}: it
2527assembles into a machine language instruction.
2528@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2529Different versions of @command{@value{AS}} for different computers
252b5132
RH
2530recognize different instructions. In fact, the same symbol may
2531represent a different instruction in a different computer's assembly
2532language.@refill
2533@end ifset
2534
2535@cindex @code{:} (label)
2536@cindex label (@code{:})
2537A label is a symbol immediately followed by a colon (@code{:}).
2538Whitespace before a label or after a colon is permitted, but you may not
2539have whitespace between a label's symbol and its colon. @xref{Labels}.
2540
2541@ifset HPPA
01642c12 2542For HPPA targets, labels need not be immediately followed by a colon, but
252b5132
RH
2543the definition of a label must begin in column zero. This also implies that
2544only one label may be defined on each line.
2545@end ifset
2546
2547@smallexample
2548label: .directive followed by something
2549another_label: # This is an empty statement.
2550 instruction operand_1, operand_2, @dots{}
2551@end smallexample
2552
2553@node Constants
2554@section Constants
2555
2556@cindex constants
2557A constant is a number, written so that its value is known by
2558inspection, without knowing any context. Like this:
2559@smallexample
2560@group
2561.byte 74, 0112, 092, 0x4A, 0X4a, 'J, '\J # All the same value.
2562.ascii "Ring the bell\7" # A string constant.
2563.octa 0x123456789abcdef0123456789ABCDEF0 # A bignum.
2564.float 0f-314159265358979323846264338327\
256595028841971.693993751E-40 # - pi, a flonum.
2566@end group
2567@end smallexample
2568
2569@menu
2570* Characters:: Character Constants
2571* Numbers:: Number Constants
2572@end menu
2573
2574@node Characters
2575@subsection Character Constants
2576
2577@cindex character constants
2578@cindex constants, character
2579There are two kinds of character constants. A @dfn{character} stands
2580for one character in one byte and its value may be used in
2581numeric expressions. String constants (properly called string
2582@emph{literals}) are potentially many bytes and their values may not be
2583used in arithmetic expressions.
2584
2585@menu
2586* Strings:: Strings
2587* Chars:: Characters
2588@end menu
2589
2590@node Strings
2591@subsubsection Strings
2592
2593@cindex string constants
2594@cindex constants, string
2595A @dfn{string} is written between double-quotes. It may contain
2596double-quotes or null characters. The way to get special characters
2597into a string is to @dfn{escape} these characters: precede them with
2598a backslash @samp{\} character. For example @samp{\\} represents
2599one backslash: the first @code{\} is an escape which tells
a4fb0134
SC
2600@command{@value{AS}} to interpret the second character literally as a backslash
2601(which prevents @command{@value{AS}} from recognizing the second @code{\} as an
252b5132
RH
2602escape character). The complete list of escapes follows.
2603
2604@cindex escape codes, character
2605@cindex character escape codes
2606@table @kbd
2607@c @item \a
2608@c Mnemonic for ACKnowledge; for ASCII this is octal code 007.
2609@c
2610@cindex @code{\b} (backspace character)
2611@cindex backspace (@code{\b})
2612@item \b
2613Mnemonic for backspace; for ASCII this is octal code 010.
2614
2615@c @item \e
2616@c Mnemonic for EOText; for ASCII this is octal code 004.
2617@c
2618@cindex @code{\f} (formfeed character)
2619@cindex formfeed (@code{\f})
2620@item \f
2621Mnemonic for FormFeed; for ASCII this is octal code 014.
2622
2623@cindex @code{\n} (newline character)
2624@cindex newline (@code{\n})
2625@item \n
2626Mnemonic for newline; for ASCII this is octal code 012.
2627
2628@c @item \p
2629@c Mnemonic for prefix; for ASCII this is octal code 033, usually known as @code{escape}.
2630@c
2631@cindex @code{\r} (carriage return character)
2632@cindex carriage return (@code{\r})
2633@item \r
2634Mnemonic for carriage-Return; for ASCII this is octal code 015.
2635
2636@c @item \s
2637@c Mnemonic for space; for ASCII this is octal code 040. Included for compliance with
2638@c other assemblers.
2639@c
2640@cindex @code{\t} (tab)
2641@cindex tab (@code{\t})
2642@item \t
2643Mnemonic for horizontal Tab; for ASCII this is octal code 011.
2644
2645@c @item \v
2646@c Mnemonic for Vertical tab; for ASCII this is octal code 013.
2647@c @item \x @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2648@c A hexadecimal character code. The numeric code is 3 hexadecimal digits.
2649@c
2650@cindex @code{\@var{ddd}} (octal character code)
2651@cindex octal character code (@code{\@var{ddd}})
2652@item \ @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2653An octal character code. The numeric code is 3 octal digits.
2654For compatibility with other Unix systems, 8 and 9 are accepted as digits:
2655for example, @code{\008} has the value 010, and @code{\009} the value 011.
2656
2657@cindex @code{\@var{xd...}} (hex character code)
2658@cindex hex character code (@code{\@var{xd...}})
2659@item \@code{x} @var{hex-digits...}
2660A hex character code. All trailing hex digits are combined. Either upper or
2661lower case @code{x} works.
2662
2663@cindex @code{\\} (@samp{\} character)
2664@cindex backslash (@code{\\})
2665@item \\
2666Represents one @samp{\} character.
2667
2668@c @item \'
2669@c Represents one @samp{'} (accent acute) character.
2670@c This is needed in single character literals
2671@c (@xref{Characters,,Character Constants}.) to represent
2672@c a @samp{'}.
2673@c
2674@cindex @code{\"} (doublequote character)
2675@cindex doublequote (@code{\"})
2676@item \"
2677Represents one @samp{"} character. Needed in strings to represent
2678this character, because an unescaped @samp{"} would end the string.
2679
2680@item \ @var{anything-else}
2681Any other character when escaped by @kbd{\} gives a warning, but
2682assembles as if the @samp{\} was not present. The idea is that if
2683you used an escape sequence you clearly didn't want the literal
a4fb0134
SC
2684interpretation of the following character. However @command{@value{AS}} has no
2685other interpretation, so @command{@value{AS}} knows it is giving you the wrong
252b5132
RH
2686code and warns you of the fact.
2687@end table
2688
2689Which characters are escapable, and what those escapes represent,
2690varies widely among assemblers. The current set is what we think
2691the BSD 4.2 assembler recognizes, and is a subset of what most C
2692compilers recognize. If you are in doubt, do not use an escape
2693sequence.
2694
2695@node Chars
2696@subsubsection Characters
2697
2698@cindex single character constant
2699@cindex character, single
2700@cindex constant, single character
2701A single character may be written as a single quote immediately
2702followed by that character. The same escapes apply to characters as
2703to strings. So if you want to write the character backslash, you
2704must write @kbd{'\\} where the first @code{\} escapes the second
2705@code{\}. As you can see, the quote is an acute accent, not a
2706grave accent. A newline
2707@ifclear GENERIC
2708@ifclear abnormal-separator
2709(or semicolon @samp{;})
2710@end ifclear
2711@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132
RH
2712@ifset H8
2713(or dollar sign @samp{$}, for the H8/300; or semicolon @samp{;} for the
7be1c489 2714Renesas SH)
252b5132
RH
2715@end ifset
2716@end ifset
2717@end ifclear
2718immediately following an acute accent is taken as a literal character
2719and does not count as the end of a statement. The value of a character
2720constant in a numeric expression is the machine's byte-wide code for
a4fb0134 2721that character. @command{@value{AS}} assumes your character code is ASCII:
252b5132
RH
2722@kbd{'A} means 65, @kbd{'B} means 66, and so on. @refill
2723
2724@node Numbers
2725@subsection Number Constants
2726
2727@cindex constants, number
2728@cindex number constants
a4fb0134 2729@command{@value{AS}} distinguishes three kinds of numbers according to how they
252b5132
RH
2730are stored in the target machine. @emph{Integers} are numbers that
2731would fit into an @code{int} in the C language. @emph{Bignums} are
2732integers, but they are stored in more than 32 bits. @emph{Flonums}
2733are floating point numbers, described below.
2734
2735@menu
2736* Integers:: Integers
2737* Bignums:: Bignums
2738* Flonums:: Flonums
2739@ifclear GENERIC
2740@ifset I960
2741* Bit Fields:: Bit Fields
2742@end ifset
2743@end ifclear
2744@end menu
2745
2746@node Integers
2747@subsubsection Integers
2748@cindex integers
2749@cindex constants, integer
2750
2751@cindex binary integers
2752@cindex integers, binary
2753A binary integer is @samp{0b} or @samp{0B} followed by zero or more of
2754the binary digits @samp{01}.
2755
2756@cindex octal integers
2757@cindex integers, octal
2758An octal integer is @samp{0} followed by zero or more of the octal
2759digits (@samp{01234567}).
2760
2761@cindex decimal integers
2762@cindex integers, decimal
2763A decimal integer starts with a non-zero digit followed by zero or
2764more digits (@samp{0123456789}).
2765
2766@cindex hexadecimal integers
2767@cindex integers, hexadecimal
2768A hexadecimal integer is @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} followed by one or
2769more hexadecimal digits chosen from @samp{0123456789abcdefABCDEF}.
2770
2771Integers have the usual values. To denote a negative integer, use
2772the prefix operator @samp{-} discussed under expressions
2773(@pxref{Prefix Ops,,Prefix Operators}).
2774
2775@node Bignums
2776@subsubsection Bignums
2777
2778@cindex bignums
2779@cindex constants, bignum
2780A @dfn{bignum} has the same syntax and semantics as an integer
2781except that the number (or its negative) takes more than 32 bits to
2782represent in binary. The distinction is made because in some places
2783integers are permitted while bignums are not.
2784
2785@node Flonums
2786@subsubsection Flonums
2787@cindex flonums
2788@cindex floating point numbers
2789@cindex constants, floating point
2790
2791@cindex precision, floating point
2792A @dfn{flonum} represents a floating point number. The translation is
2793indirect: a decimal floating point number from the text is converted by
a4fb0134 2794@command{@value{AS}} to a generic binary floating point number of more than
252b5132
RH
2795sufficient precision. This generic floating point number is converted
2796to a particular computer's floating point format (or formats) by a
a4fb0134 2797portion of @command{@value{AS}} specialized to that computer.
252b5132
RH
2798
2799A flonum is written by writing (in order)
2800@itemize @bullet
2801@item
2802The digit @samp{0}.
2803@ifset HPPA
2804(@samp{0} is optional on the HPPA.)
2805@end ifset
2806
2807@item
a4fb0134 2808A letter, to tell @command{@value{AS}} the rest of the number is a flonum.
252b5132
RH
2809@ifset GENERIC
2810@kbd{e} is recommended. Case is not important.
2811@ignore
2812@c FIXME: verify if flonum syntax really this vague for most cases
2813(Any otherwise illegal letter works here, but that might be changed. Vax BSD
28144.2 assembler seems to allow any of @samp{defghDEFGH}.)
2815@end ignore
2816
7be1c489 2817On the H8/300, Renesas / SuperH SH,
252b5132
RH
2818and AMD 29K architectures, the letter must be
2819one of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
2820
2821On the ARC, the letter must be one of the letters @samp{DFRS}
2822(in upper or lower case).
2823
2824On the Intel 960 architecture, the letter must be
2825one of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
2826
2827On the HPPA architecture, the letter must be @samp{E} (upper case only).
2828@end ifset
2829@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
2830@ifset ARC
2831One of the letters @samp{DFRS} (in upper or lower case).
2832@end ifset
2833@ifset H8
2834One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
2835@end ifset
2836@ifset HPPA
2837The letter @samp{E} (upper case only).
2838@end ifset
2839@ifset I960
2840One of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
2841@end ifset
2842@end ifclear
2843
2844@item
2845An optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
2846
2847@item
2848An optional @dfn{integer part}: zero or more decimal digits.
2849
2850@item
2851An optional @dfn{fractional part}: @samp{.} followed by zero
2852or more decimal digits.
2853
2854@item
2855An optional exponent, consisting of:
2856
2857@itemize @bullet
2858@item
2859An @samp{E} or @samp{e}.
2860@c I can't find a config where "EXP_CHARS" is other than 'eE', but in
2861@c principle this can perfectly well be different on different targets.
2862@item
2863Optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
2864@item
2865One or more decimal digits.
2866@end itemize
2867
2868@end itemize
2869
2870At least one of the integer part or the fractional part must be
2871present. The floating point number has the usual base-10 value.
2872
a4fb0134 2873@command{@value{AS}} does all processing using integers. Flonums are computed
252b5132 2874independently of any floating point hardware in the computer running
a4fb0134 2875@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2876
2877@ifclear GENERIC
2878@ifset I960
2879@c Bit fields are written as a general facility but are also controlled
2880@c by a conditional-compilation flag---which is as of now (21mar91)
2881@c turned on only by the i960 config of GAS.
2882@node Bit Fields
2883@subsubsection Bit Fields
2884
2885@cindex bit fields
2886@cindex constants, bit field
2887You can also define numeric constants as @dfn{bit fields}.
b45619c0 2888Specify two numbers separated by a colon---
252b5132
RH
2889@example
2890@var{mask}:@var{value}
2891@end example
2892@noindent
a4fb0134 2893@command{@value{AS}} applies a bitwise @sc{and} between @var{mask} and
252b5132
RH
2894@var{value}.
2895
2896The resulting number is then packed
2897@ifset GENERIC
2898@c this conditional paren in case bit fields turned on elsewhere than 960
2899(in host-dependent byte order)
2900@end ifset
2901into a field whose width depends on which assembler directive has the
2902bit-field as its argument. Overflow (a result from the bitwise and
2903requiring more binary digits to represent) is not an error; instead,
2904more constants are generated, of the specified width, beginning with the
2905least significant digits.@refill
2906
2907The directives @code{.byte}, @code{.hword}, @code{.int}, @code{.long},
2908@code{.short}, and @code{.word} accept bit-field arguments.
2909@end ifset
2910@end ifclear
2911
2912@node Sections
2913@chapter Sections and Relocation
2914@cindex sections
2915@cindex relocation
2916
2917@menu
2918* Secs Background:: Background
2919* Ld Sections:: Linker Sections
2920* As Sections:: Assembler Internal Sections
2921* Sub-Sections:: Sub-Sections
2922* bss:: bss Section
2923@end menu
2924
2925@node Secs Background
2926@section Background
2927
2928Roughly, a section is a range of addresses, with no gaps; all data
2929``in'' those addresses is treated the same for some particular purpose.
2930For example there may be a ``read only'' section.
2931
2932@cindex linker, and assembler
2933@cindex assembler, and linker
2934The linker @code{@value{LD}} reads many object files (partial programs) and
a4fb0134 2935combines their contents to form a runnable program. When @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2936emits an object file, the partial program is assumed to start at address 0.
2937@code{@value{LD}} assigns the final addresses for the partial program, so that
2938different partial programs do not overlap. This is actually an
a4fb0134 2939oversimplification, but it suffices to explain how @command{@value{AS}} uses
252b5132
RH
2940sections.
2941
2942@code{@value{LD}} moves blocks of bytes of your program to their run-time
2943addresses. These blocks slide to their run-time addresses as rigid
2944units; their length does not change and neither does the order of bytes
2945within them. Such a rigid unit is called a @emph{section}. Assigning
2946run-time addresses to sections is called @dfn{relocation}. It includes
2947the task of adjusting mentions of object-file addresses so they refer to
2948the proper run-time addresses.
2949@ifset H8
7be1c489 2950For the H8/300, and for the Renesas / SuperH SH,
a4fb0134 2951@command{@value{AS}} pads sections if needed to
252b5132
RH
2952ensure they end on a word (sixteen bit) boundary.
2953@end ifset
2954
2955@cindex standard assembler sections
a4fb0134 2956An object file written by @command{@value{AS}} has at least three sections, any
252b5132
RH
2957of which may be empty. These are named @dfn{text}, @dfn{data} and
2958@dfn{bss} sections.
2959
c1253627 2960@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 2961@ifset GENERIC
c1253627 2962When it generates COFF or ELF output,
252b5132 2963@end ifset
a4fb0134 2964@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you specify
252b5132
RH
2965using the @samp{.section} directive (@pxref{Section,,@code{.section}}).
2966If you do not use any directives that place output in the @samp{.text}
2967or @samp{.data} sections, these sections still exist, but are empty.
2968@end ifset
2969
2970@ifset HPPA
2971@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2972When @command{@value{AS}} generates SOM or ELF output for the HPPA,
252b5132 2973@end ifset
a4fb0134 2974@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you
252b5132
RH
2975specify using the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace} directives. See
2976@cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly Language Reference Manual}
2977(HP 92432-90001) for details on the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace}
2978assembler directives.
2979
2980@ifset SOM
a4fb0134 2981Additionally, @command{@value{AS}} uses different names for the standard
252b5132
RH
2982text, data, and bss sections when generating SOM output. Program text
2983is placed into the @samp{$CODE$} section, data into @samp{$DATA$}, and
2984BSS into @samp{$BSS$}.
2985@end ifset
2986@end ifset
2987
2988Within the object file, the text section starts at address @code{0}, the
2989data section follows, and the bss section follows the data section.
2990
2991@ifset HPPA
2992When generating either SOM or ELF output files on the HPPA, the text
2993section starts at address @code{0}, the data section at address
2994@code{0x4000000}, and the bss section follows the data section.
2995@end ifset
2996
2997To let @code{@value{LD}} know which data changes when the sections are
a4fb0134 2998relocated, and how to change that data, @command{@value{AS}} also writes to the
252b5132
RH
2999object file details of the relocation needed. To perform relocation
3000@code{@value{LD}} must know, each time an address in the object
3001file is mentioned:
3002@itemize @bullet
3003@item
3004Where in the object file is the beginning of this reference to
3005an address?
3006@item
3007How long (in bytes) is this reference?
3008@item
3009Which section does the address refer to? What is the numeric value of
3010@display
3011(@var{address}) @minus{} (@var{start-address of section})?
3012@end display
3013@item
3014Is the reference to an address ``Program-Counter relative''?
3015@end itemize
3016
3017@cindex addresses, format of
3018@cindex section-relative addressing
a4fb0134 3019In fact, every address @command{@value{AS}} ever uses is expressed as
252b5132
RH
3020@display
3021(@var{section}) + (@var{offset into section})
3022@end display
3023@noindent
a4fb0134 3024Further, most expressions @command{@value{AS}} computes have this section-relative
252b5132
RH
3025nature.
3026@ifset SOM
3027(For some object formats, such as SOM for the HPPA, some expressions are
3028symbol-relative instead.)
3029@end ifset
3030
3031In this manual we use the notation @{@var{secname} @var{N}@} to mean ``offset
3032@var{N} into section @var{secname}.''
3033
3034Apart from text, data and bss sections you need to know about the
3035@dfn{absolute} section. When @code{@value{LD}} mixes partial programs,
3036addresses in the absolute section remain unchanged. For example, address
3037@code{@{absolute 0@}} is ``relocated'' to run-time address 0 by
3038@code{@value{LD}}. Although the linker never arranges two partial programs'
3039data sections with overlapping addresses after linking, @emph{by definition}
3040their absolute sections must overlap. Address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in one
3041part of a program is always the same address when the program is running as
3042address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in any other part of the program.
3043
3044The idea of sections is extended to the @dfn{undefined} section. Any
3045address whose section is unknown at assembly time is by definition
3046rendered @{undefined @var{U}@}---where @var{U} is filled in later.
3047Since numbers are always defined, the only way to generate an undefined
3048address is to mention an undefined symbol. A reference to a named
3049common block would be such a symbol: its value is unknown at assembly
3050time so it has section @emph{undefined}.
3051
3052By analogy the word @emph{section} is used to describe groups of sections in
3053the linked program. @code{@value{LD}} puts all partial programs' text
3054sections in contiguous addresses in the linked program. It is
3055customary to refer to the @emph{text section} of a program, meaning all
3056the addresses of all partial programs' text sections. Likewise for
3057data and bss sections.
3058
3059Some sections are manipulated by @code{@value{LD}}; others are invented for
a4fb0134 3060use of @command{@value{AS}} and have no meaning except during assembly.
252b5132
RH
3061
3062@node Ld Sections
3063@section Linker Sections
3064@code{@value{LD}} deals with just four kinds of sections, summarized below.
3065
3066@table @strong
3067
c1253627 3068@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3069@cindex named sections
3070@cindex sections, named
3071@item named sections
3072@end ifset
3073@ifset aout-bout
3074@cindex text section
3075@cindex data section
3076@itemx text section
3077@itemx data section
3078@end ifset
a4fb0134 3079These sections hold your program. @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} treat them as
252b5132 3080separate but equal sections. Anything you can say of one section is
c1253627
NC
3081true of another.
3082@c @ifset aout-bout
252b5132
RH
3083When the program is running, however, it is
3084customary for the text section to be unalterable. The
3085text section is often shared among processes: it contains
3086instructions, constants and the like. The data section of a running
3087program is usually alterable: for example, C variables would be stored
3088in the data section.
c1253627 3089@c @end ifset
252b5132
RH
3090
3091@cindex bss section
3092@item bss section
3093This section contains zeroed bytes when your program begins running. It
a349d9dd 3094is used to hold uninitialized variables or common storage. The length of
252b5132
RH
3095each partial program's bss section is important, but because it starts
3096out containing zeroed bytes there is no need to store explicit zero
3097bytes in the object file. The bss section was invented to eliminate
3098those explicit zeros from object files.
3099
3100@cindex absolute section
3101@item absolute section
3102Address 0 of this section is always ``relocated'' to runtime address 0.
3103This is useful if you want to refer to an address that @code{@value{LD}} must
3104not change when relocating. In this sense we speak of absolute
3105addresses being ``unrelocatable'': they do not change during relocation.
3106
3107@cindex undefined section
3108@item undefined section
3109This ``section'' is a catch-all for address references to objects not in
3110the preceding sections.
3111@c FIXME: ref to some other doc on obj-file formats could go here.
3112@end table
3113
3114@cindex relocation example
3115An idealized example of three relocatable sections follows.
c1253627 3116@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3117The example uses the traditional section names @samp{.text} and @samp{.data}.
3118@end ifset
3119Memory addresses are on the horizontal axis.
3120
3121@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3122@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3123@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3124@smallexample
3125 +-----+----+--+
3126partial program # 1: |ttttt|dddd|00|
3127 +-----+----+--+
3128
3129 text data bss
3130 seg. seg. seg.
3131
3132 +---+---+---+
3133partial program # 2: |TTT|DDD|000|
3134 +---+---+---+
3135
3136 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3137linked program: | |TTT|ttttt| |dddd|DDD|00000|
3138 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3139
3140 addresses: 0 @dots{}
3141@end smallexample
3142@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3143@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3144@need 5000
3145@tex
c1253627 3146\bigskip
252b5132
RH
3147\line{\it Partial program \#1: \hfil}
3148\line{\ibox{2.5cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3149\line{\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt ttttt}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 00}\hfil}
3150
3151\line{\it Partial program \#2: \hfil}
3152\line{\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{1.5cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3153\line{\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt DDDD}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 000}\hfil}
3154
3155\line{\it linked program: \hfil}
3156\line{\ibox{.5cm}{}\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2.5cm}{}\ibox{.75cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1.5cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3157\line{\boxit{.5cm}{}\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt
3158ttttt}\boxit{.75cm}{}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt
3159DDDD}\boxit{2cm}{\tt 00000}\ \dots\hfil}
3160
3161\line{\it addresses: \hfil}
3162\line{0\dots\hfil}
3163
3164@end tex
3165@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3166
3167@node As Sections
3168@section Assembler Internal Sections
3169
3170@cindex internal assembler sections
3171@cindex sections in messages, internal
a4fb0134 3172These sections are meant only for the internal use of @command{@value{AS}}. They
252b5132 3173have no meaning at run-time. You do not really need to know about these
a4fb0134 3174sections for most purposes; but they can be mentioned in @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132 3175warning messages, so it might be helpful to have an idea of their
a4fb0134 3176meanings to @command{@value{AS}}. These sections are used to permit the
252b5132
RH
3177value of every expression in your assembly language program to be a
3178section-relative address.
3179
3180@table @b
3181@cindex assembler internal logic error
3182@item ASSEMBLER-INTERNAL-LOGIC-ERROR!
3183An internal assembler logic error has been found. This means there is a
3184bug in the assembler.
3185
3186@cindex expr (internal section)
3187@item expr section
3188The assembler stores complex expression internally as combinations of
3189symbols. When it needs to represent an expression as a symbol, it puts
3190it in the expr section.
3191@c FIXME item debug
3192@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector preload
3193@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector postload
3194@c FIXME item register
3195@end table
3196
3197@node Sub-Sections
3198@section Sub-Sections
3199
3200@cindex numbered subsections
3201@cindex grouping data
3202@ifset aout-bout
3203Assembled bytes
c1253627 3204@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3205conventionally
3206@end ifset
3207fall into two sections: text and data.
3208@end ifset
3209You may have separate groups of
3210@ifset GENERIC
3211data in named sections
3212@end ifset
3213@ifclear GENERIC
3214@ifclear aout-bout
3215data in named sections
3216@end ifclear
3217@ifset aout-bout
3218text or data
3219@end ifset
3220@end ifclear
3221that you want to end up near to each other in the object file, even though they
a4fb0134 3222are not contiguous in the assembler source. @command{@value{AS}} allows you to
252b5132
RH
3223use @dfn{subsections} for this purpose. Within each section, there can be
3224numbered subsections with values from 0 to 8192. Objects assembled into the
3225same subsection go into the object file together with other objects in the same
3226subsection. For example, a compiler might want to store constants in the text
3227section, but might not want to have them interspersed with the program being
3228assembled. In this case, the compiler could issue a @samp{.text 0} before each
3229section of code being output, and a @samp{.text 1} before each group of
3230constants being output.
3231
3232Subsections are optional. If you do not use subsections, everything
3233goes in subsection number zero.
3234
3235@ifset GENERIC
3236Each subsection is zero-padded up to a multiple of four bytes.
3237(Subsections may be padded a different amount on different flavors
a4fb0134 3238of @command{@value{AS}}.)
252b5132
RH
3239@end ifset
3240@ifclear GENERIC
3241@ifset H8
7be1c489 3242On the H8/300 platform, each subsection is zero-padded to a word
252b5132 3243boundary (two bytes).
c2dcd04e 3244The same is true on the Renesas SH.
252b5132
RH
3245@end ifset
3246@ifset I960
3247@c FIXME section padding (alignment)?
3248@c Rich Pixley says padding here depends on target obj code format; that
3249@c doesn't seem particularly useful to say without further elaboration,
3250@c so for now I say nothing about it. If this is a generic BFD issue,
3251@c these paragraphs might need to vanish from this manual, and be
3252@c discussed in BFD chapter of binutils (or some such).
3253@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3254@end ifclear
3255
3256Subsections appear in your object file in numeric order, lowest numbered
3257to highest. (All this to be compatible with other people's assemblers.)
3258The object file contains no representation of subsections; @code{@value{LD}} and
3259other programs that manipulate object files see no trace of them.
3260They just see all your text subsections as a text section, and all your
3261data subsections as a data section.
3262
3263To specify which subsection you want subsequent statements assembled
3264into, use a numeric argument to specify it, in a @samp{.text
3265@var{expression}} or a @samp{.data @var{expression}} statement.
ed9589d4 3266@ifset COFF
252b5132 3267@ifset GENERIC
ed9589d4 3268When generating COFF output, you
252b5132
RH
3269@end ifset
3270@ifclear GENERIC
3271You
3272@end ifclear
3273can also use an extra subsection
3274argument with arbitrary named sections: @samp{.section @var{name},
3275@var{expression}}.
3276@end ifset
ed9589d4
BW
3277@ifset ELF
3278@ifset GENERIC
3279When generating ELF output, you
3280@end ifset
3281@ifclear GENERIC
3282You
3283@end ifclear
3284can also use the @code{.subsection} directive (@pxref{SubSection})
3285to specify a subsection: @samp{.subsection @var{expression}}.
3286@end ifset
96e9638b
BW
3287@var{Expression} should be an absolute expression
3288(@pxref{Expressions}). If you just say @samp{.text} then @samp{.text 0}
252b5132
RH
3289is assumed. Likewise @samp{.data} means @samp{.data 0}. Assembly
3290begins in @code{text 0}. For instance:
3291@smallexample
3292.text 0 # The default subsection is text 0 anyway.
3293.ascii "This lives in the first text subsection. *"
3294.text 1
3295.ascii "But this lives in the second text subsection."
3296.data 0
3297.ascii "This lives in the data section,"
3298.ascii "in the first data subsection."
3299.text 0
3300.ascii "This lives in the first text section,"
3301.ascii "immediately following the asterisk (*)."
3302@end smallexample
3303
3304Each section has a @dfn{location counter} incremented by one for every byte
3305assembled into that section. Because subsections are merely a convenience
a4fb0134 3306restricted to @command{@value{AS}} there is no concept of a subsection location
252b5132
RH
3307counter. There is no way to directly manipulate a location counter---but the
3308@code{.align} directive changes it, and any label definition captures its
3309current value. The location counter of the section where statements are being
3310assembled is said to be the @dfn{active} location counter.
3311
3312@node bss
3313@section bss Section
3314
3315@cindex bss section
3316@cindex common variable storage
3317The bss section is used for local common variable storage.
3318You may allocate address space in the bss section, but you may
3319not dictate data to load into it before your program executes. When
3320your program starts running, all the contents of the bss
3321section are zeroed bytes.
3322
3323The @code{.lcomm} pseudo-op defines a symbol in the bss section; see
3324@ref{Lcomm,,@code{.lcomm}}.
3325
3326The @code{.comm} pseudo-op may be used to declare a common symbol, which is
96e9638b 3327another form of uninitialized symbol; see @ref{Comm,,@code{.comm}}.
252b5132
RH
3328
3329@ifset GENERIC
3330When assembling for a target which supports multiple sections, such as ELF or
3331COFF, you may switch into the @code{.bss} section and define symbols as usual;
3332see @ref{Section,,@code{.section}}. You may only assemble zero values into the
3333section. Typically the section will only contain symbol definitions and
3334@code{.skip} directives (@pxref{Skip,,@code{.skip}}).
3335@end ifset
3336
3337@node Symbols
3338@chapter Symbols
3339
3340@cindex symbols
3341Symbols are a central concept: the programmer uses symbols to name
3342things, the linker uses symbols to link, and the debugger uses symbols
3343to debug.
3344
3345@quotation
3346@cindex debuggers, and symbol order
a4fb0134 3347@emph{Warning:} @command{@value{AS}} does not place symbols in the object file in
252b5132
RH
3348the same order they were declared. This may break some debuggers.
3349@end quotation
3350
3351@menu
3352* Labels:: Labels
3353* Setting Symbols:: Giving Symbols Other Values
3354* Symbol Names:: Symbol Names
3355* Dot:: The Special Dot Symbol
3356* Symbol Attributes:: Symbol Attributes
3357@end menu
3358
3359@node Labels
3360@section Labels
3361
3362@cindex labels
3363A @dfn{label} is written as a symbol immediately followed by a colon
3364@samp{:}. The symbol then represents the current value of the
3365active location counter, and is, for example, a suitable instruction
3366operand. You are warned if you use the same symbol to represent two
3367different locations: the first definition overrides any other
3368definitions.
3369
3370@ifset HPPA
3371On the HPPA, the usual form for a label need not be immediately followed by a
3372colon, but instead must start in column zero. Only one label may be defined on
a4fb0134 3373a single line. To work around this, the HPPA version of @command{@value{AS}} also
252b5132
RH
3374provides a special directive @code{.label} for defining labels more flexibly.
3375@end ifset
3376
3377@node Setting Symbols
3378@section Giving Symbols Other Values
3379
3380@cindex assigning values to symbols
3381@cindex symbol values, assigning
3382A symbol can be given an arbitrary value by writing a symbol, followed
3383by an equals sign @samp{=}, followed by an expression
3384(@pxref{Expressions}). This is equivalent to using the @code{.set}
9497f5ac
NC
3385directive. @xref{Set,,@code{.set}}. In the same way, using a double
3386equals sign @samp{=}@samp{=} here represents an equivalent of the
3387@code{.eqv} directive. @xref{Eqv,,@code{.eqv}}.
252b5132 3388
f8739b83
JZ
3389@ifset Blackfin
3390Blackfin does not support symbol assignment with @samp{=}.
3391@end ifset
3392
252b5132
RH
3393@node Symbol Names
3394@section Symbol Names
3395
3396@cindex symbol names
3397@cindex names, symbol
3398@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
3399Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On most
3400machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions are
3401noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}. That character may be followed by any
96e9638b
BW
3402string of digits, letters, dollar signs (unless otherwise noted for a
3403particular target machine), and underscores.
252b5132 3404@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3405@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
3406@ifset H8
3407Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On the
7be1c489 3408Renesas SH you can also use @code{$} in symbol names. That
c2dcd04e
NC
3409character may be followed by any string of digits, letters, dollar signs (save
3410on the H8/300), and underscores.
252b5132
RH
3411@end ifset
3412@end ifset
3413
3414Case of letters is significant: @code{foo} is a different symbol name
3415than @code{Foo}.
3416
7bfd842d
NC
3417Multibyte characters are supported. To generate a symbol name containing
3418multibyte characters enclose it within double quotes and use escape codes. cf
3419@xref{Strings}. Generating a multibyte symbol name from a label is not
3420currently supported.
3421
252b5132
RH
3422Each symbol has exactly one name. Each name in an assembly language program
3423refers to exactly one symbol. You may use that symbol name any number of times
3424in a program.
3425
3426@subheading Local Symbol Names
3427
3428@cindex local symbol names
3429@cindex symbol names, local
ba83aca1
BW
3430A local symbol is any symbol beginning with certain local label prefixes.
3431By default, the local label prefix is @samp{.L} for ELF systems or
3432@samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, but each target may have its own
3433set of local label prefixes.
3434@ifset HPPA
3435On the HPPA local symbols begin with @samp{L$}.
3436@end ifset
3437
3438Local symbols are defined and used within the assembler, but they are
3439normally not saved in object files. Thus, they are not visible when debugging.
3440You may use the @samp{-L} option (@pxref{L, ,Include Local Symbols:
3441@option{-L}}) to retain the local symbols in the object files.
3442
3443@subheading Local Labels
3444
3445@cindex local labels
252b5132
RH
3446@cindex temporary symbol names
3447@cindex symbol names, temporary
ba83aca1 3448Local labels help compilers and programmers use names temporarily.
2d5aaba0
NC
3449They create symbols which are guaranteed to be unique over the entire scope of
3450the input source code and which can be referred to by a simple notation.
ba83aca1 3451To define a local label, write a label of the form @samp{@b{N}:} (where @b{N}
2d5aaba0 3452represents any positive integer). To refer to the most recent previous
ba83aca1 3453definition of that label write @samp{@b{N}b}, using the same number as when
2d5aaba0 3454you defined the label. To refer to the next definition of a local label, write
96e9638b 3455@samp{@b{N}f}---the @samp{b} stands for ``backwards'' and the @samp{f} stands
2d5aaba0
NC
3456for ``forwards''.
3457
3458There is no restriction on how you can use these labels, and you can reuse them
3459too. So that it is possible to repeatedly define the same local label (using
3460the same number @samp{@b{N}}), although you can only refer to the most recently
3461defined local label of that number (for a backwards reference) or the next
3462definition of a specific local label for a forward reference. It is also worth
3463noting that the first 10 local labels (@samp{@b{0:}}@dots{}@samp{@b{9:}}) are
3464implemented in a slightly more efficient manner than the others.
3465
3466Here is an example:
3467
3468@smallexample
34691: branch 1f
34702: branch 1b
34711: branch 2f
34722: branch 1b
3473@end smallexample
3474
3475Which is the equivalent of:
3476
3477@smallexample
3478label_1: branch label_3
3479label_2: branch label_1
3480label_3: branch label_4
3481label_4: branch label_3
3482@end smallexample
3483
ba83aca1 3484Local label names are only a notational device. They are immediately
2d5aaba0 3485transformed into more conventional symbol names before the assembler uses them.
96e9638b
BW
3486The symbol names are stored in the symbol table, appear in error messages, and
3487are optionally emitted to the object file. The names are constructed using
3488these parts:
252b5132
RH
3489
3490@table @code
ba83aca1
BW
3491@item @emph{local label prefix}
3492All local symbols begin with the system-specific local label prefix.
3493Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} forget symbols
3494that start with the local label prefix. These labels are
252b5132 3495used for symbols you are never intended to see. If you use the
a4fb0134 3496@samp{-L} option then @command{@value{AS}} retains these symbols in the
252b5132
RH
3497object file. If you also instruct @code{@value{LD}} to retain these symbols,
3498you may use them in debugging.
3499
2d5aaba0
NC
3500@item @var{number}
3501This is the number that was used in the local label definition. So if the
01642c12 3502label is written @samp{55:} then the number is @samp{55}.
252b5132 3503
2d5aaba0
NC
3504@item @kbd{C-B}
3505This unusual character is included so you do not accidentally invent a symbol
3506of the same name. The character has ASCII value of @samp{\002} (control-B).
252b5132
RH
3507
3508@item @emph{ordinal number}
2d5aaba0 3509This is a serial number to keep the labels distinct. The first definition of
01642c12 3510@samp{0:} gets the number @samp{1}. The 15th definition of @samp{0:} gets the
2d5aaba0 3511number @samp{15}, and so on. Likewise the first definition of @samp{1:} gets
b45619c0 3512the number @samp{1} and its 15th definition gets @samp{15} as well.
252b5132
RH
3513@end table
3514
ba83aca1
BW
3515So for example, the first @code{1:} may be named @code{.L1@kbd{C-B}1}, and
3516the 44th @code{3:} may be named @code{.L3@kbd{C-B}44}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3517
3518@subheading Dollar Local Labels
3519@cindex dollar local symbols
3520
3521@code{@value{AS}} also supports an even more local form of local labels called
96e9638b
BW
3522dollar labels. These labels go out of scope (i.e., they become undefined) as
3523soon as a non-local label is defined. Thus they remain valid for only a small
2d5aaba0
NC
3524region of the input source code. Normal local labels, by contrast, remain in
3525scope for the entire file, or until they are redefined by another occurrence of
3526the same local label.
3527
3528Dollar labels are defined in exactly the same way as ordinary local labels,
77cca80f
NC
3529except that they have a dollar sign suffix to their numeric value, e.g.,
3530@samp{@b{55$:}}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3531
3532They can also be distinguished from ordinary local labels by their transformed
96e9638b
BW
3533names which use ASCII character @samp{\001} (control-A) as the magic character
3534to distinguish them from ordinary labels. For example, the fifth definition of
ba83aca1 3535@samp{6$} may be named @samp{.L6@kbd{C-A}5}.
252b5132
RH
3536
3537@node Dot
3538@section The Special Dot Symbol
3539
3540@cindex dot (symbol)
3541@cindex @code{.} (symbol)
3542@cindex current address
3543@cindex location counter
3544The special symbol @samp{.} refers to the current address that
a4fb0134 3545@command{@value{AS}} is assembling into. Thus, the expression @samp{melvin:
252b5132
RH
3546.long .} defines @code{melvin} to contain its own address.
3547Assigning a value to @code{.} is treated the same as a @code{.org}
884f0d36 3548directive.
252b5132 3549@ifclear no-space-dir
884f0d36 3550Thus, the expression @samp{.=.+4} is the same as saying
252b5132
RH
3551@samp{.space 4}.
3552@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3553
3554@node Symbol Attributes
3555@section Symbol Attributes
3556
3557@cindex symbol attributes
3558@cindex attributes, symbol
3559Every symbol has, as well as its name, the attributes ``Value'' and
3560``Type''. Depending on output format, symbols can also have auxiliary
3561attributes.
3562@ifset INTERNALS
3563The detailed definitions are in @file{a.out.h}.
3564@end ifset
3565
a4fb0134 3566If you use a symbol without defining it, @command{@value{AS}} assumes zero for
252b5132
RH
3567all these attributes, and probably won't warn you. This makes the
3568symbol an externally defined symbol, which is generally what you
3569would want.
3570
3571@menu
3572* Symbol Value:: Value
3573* Symbol Type:: Type
3574@ifset aout-bout
3575@ifset GENERIC
3576* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3577@end ifset
3578@ifclear GENERIC
3579@ifclear BOUT
3580* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3581@end ifclear
3582@ifset BOUT
3583* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3584@end ifset
3585@end ifclear
3586@end ifset
3587@ifset COFF
3588* COFF Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for COFF
3589@end ifset
3590@ifset SOM
3591* SOM Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for SOM
3592@end ifset
3593@end menu
3594
3595@node Symbol Value
3596@subsection Value
3597
3598@cindex value of a symbol
3599@cindex symbol value
3600The value of a symbol is (usually) 32 bits. For a symbol which labels a
3601location in the text, data, bss or absolute sections the value is the
3602number of addresses from the start of that section to the label.
3603Naturally for text, data and bss sections the value of a symbol changes
3604as @code{@value{LD}} changes section base addresses during linking. Absolute
3605symbols' values do not change during linking: that is why they are
3606called absolute.
3607
3608The value of an undefined symbol is treated in a special way. If it is
36090 then the symbol is not defined in this assembler source file, and
3610@code{@value{LD}} tries to determine its value from other files linked into the
3611same program. You make this kind of symbol simply by mentioning a symbol
3612name without defining it. A non-zero value represents a @code{.comm}
3613common declaration. The value is how much common storage to reserve, in
3614bytes (addresses). The symbol refers to the first address of the
3615allocated storage.
3616
3617@node Symbol Type
3618@subsection Type
3619
3620@cindex type of a symbol
3621@cindex symbol type
3622The type attribute of a symbol contains relocation (section)
3623information, any flag settings indicating that a symbol is external, and
3624(optionally), other information for linkers and debuggers. The exact
3625format depends on the object-code output format in use.
3626
3627@ifset aout-bout
3628@ifclear GENERIC
3629@ifset BOUT
3630@c The following avoids a "widow" subsection title. @group would be
3631@c better if it were available outside examples.
3632@need 1000
3633@node a.out Symbols
3634@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3635
3636@cindex @code{b.out} symbol attributes
3637@cindex symbol attributes, @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 3638These symbol attributes appear only when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for
252b5132
RH
3639one of the Berkeley-descended object output formats---@code{a.out} or
3640@code{b.out}.
3641
3642@end ifset
3643@ifclear BOUT
3644@node a.out Symbols
3645@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3646
3647@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3648@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3649
3650@end ifclear
3651@end ifclear
3652@ifset GENERIC
3653@node a.out Symbols
3654@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3655
3656@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3657@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3658
3659@end ifset
3660@menu
3661* Symbol Desc:: Descriptor
3662* Symbol Other:: Other
3663@end menu
3664
3665@node Symbol Desc
3666@subsubsection Descriptor
3667
3668@cindex descriptor, of @code{a.out} symbol
3669This is an arbitrary 16-bit value. You may establish a symbol's
3670descriptor value by using a @code{.desc} statement
3671(@pxref{Desc,,@code{.desc}}). A descriptor value means nothing to
a4fb0134 3672@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3673
3674@node Symbol Other
3675@subsubsection Other
3676
3677@cindex other attribute, of @code{a.out} symbol
a4fb0134 3678This is an arbitrary 8-bit value. It means nothing to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3679@end ifset
3680
3681@ifset COFF
3682@node COFF Symbols
3683@subsection Symbol Attributes for COFF
3684
3685@cindex COFF symbol attributes
3686@cindex symbol attributes, COFF
3687
3688The COFF format supports a multitude of auxiliary symbol attributes;
3689like the primary symbol attributes, they are set between @code{.def} and
3690@code{.endef} directives.
3691
3692@subsubsection Primary Attributes
3693
3694@cindex primary attributes, COFF symbols
3695The symbol name is set with @code{.def}; the value and type,
3696respectively, with @code{.val} and @code{.type}.
3697
3698@subsubsection Auxiliary Attributes
3699
3700@cindex auxiliary attributes, COFF symbols
a4fb0134 3701The @command{@value{AS}} directives @code{.dim}, @code{.line}, @code{.scl},
c87db184
CF
3702@code{.size}, @code{.tag}, and @code{.weak} can generate auxiliary symbol
3703table information for COFF.
252b5132
RH
3704@end ifset
3705
3706@ifset SOM
3707@node SOM Symbols
3708@subsection Symbol Attributes for SOM
3709
3710@cindex SOM symbol attributes
3711@cindex symbol attributes, SOM
3712
3713The SOM format for the HPPA supports a multitude of symbol attributes set with
3714the @code{.EXPORT} and @code{.IMPORT} directives.
3715
01642c12 3716The attributes are described in @cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly
252b5132
RH
3717Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) under the @code{IMPORT} and
3718@code{EXPORT} assembler directive documentation.
3719@end ifset
3720
3721@node Expressions
3722@chapter Expressions
3723
3724@cindex expressions
3725@cindex addresses
3726@cindex numeric values
3727An @dfn{expression} specifies an address or numeric value.
3728Whitespace may precede and/or follow an expression.
3729
3730The result of an expression must be an absolute number, or else an offset into
3731a particular section. If an expression is not absolute, and there is not
a4fb0134 3732enough information when @command{@value{AS}} sees the expression to know its
252b5132
RH
3733section, a second pass over the source program might be necessary to interpret
3734the expression---but the second pass is currently not implemented.
a4fb0134 3735@command{@value{AS}} aborts with an error message in this situation.
252b5132
RH
3736
3737@menu
3738* Empty Exprs:: Empty Expressions
3739* Integer Exprs:: Integer Expressions
3740@end menu
3741
3742@node Empty Exprs
3743@section Empty Expressions
3744
3745@cindex empty expressions
3746@cindex expressions, empty
3747An empty expression has no value: it is just whitespace or null.
3748Wherever an absolute expression is required, you may omit the
a4fb0134 3749expression, and @command{@value{AS}} assumes a value of (absolute) 0. This
252b5132
RH
3750is compatible with other assemblers.
3751
3752@node Integer Exprs
3753@section Integer Expressions
3754
3755@cindex integer expressions
3756@cindex expressions, integer
3757An @dfn{integer expression} is one or more @emph{arguments} delimited
3758by @emph{operators}.
3759
3760@menu
3761* Arguments:: Arguments
3762* Operators:: Operators
3763* Prefix Ops:: Prefix Operators
3764* Infix Ops:: Infix Operators
3765@end menu
3766
3767@node Arguments
3768@subsection Arguments
3769
3770@cindex expression arguments
3771@cindex arguments in expressions
3772@cindex operands in expressions
3773@cindex arithmetic operands
3774@dfn{Arguments} are symbols, numbers or subexpressions. In other
3775contexts arguments are sometimes called ``arithmetic operands''. In
3776this manual, to avoid confusing them with the ``instruction operands'' of
3777the machine language, we use the term ``argument'' to refer to parts of
3778expressions only, reserving the word ``operand'' to refer only to machine
3779instruction operands.
3780
3781Symbols are evaluated to yield @{@var{section} @var{NNN}@} where
3782@var{section} is one of text, data, bss, absolute,
3783or undefined. @var{NNN} is a signed, 2's complement 32 bit
3784integer.
3785
3786Numbers are usually integers.
3787
3788A number can be a flonum or bignum. In this case, you are warned
a4fb0134 3789that only the low order 32 bits are used, and @command{@value{AS}} pretends
252b5132
RH
3790these 32 bits are an integer. You may write integer-manipulating
3791instructions that act on exotic constants, compatible with other
3792assemblers.
3793
3794@cindex subexpressions
3795Subexpressions are a left parenthesis @samp{(} followed by an integer
3796expression, followed by a right parenthesis @samp{)}; or a prefix
3797operator followed by an argument.
3798
3799@node Operators
3800@subsection Operators
3801
3802@cindex operators, in expressions
3803@cindex arithmetic functions
3804@cindex functions, in expressions
3805@dfn{Operators} are arithmetic functions, like @code{+} or @code{%}. Prefix
3806operators are followed by an argument. Infix operators appear
3807between their arguments. Operators may be preceded and/or followed by
3808whitespace.
3809
3810@node Prefix Ops
3811@subsection Prefix Operator
3812
3813@cindex prefix operators
a4fb0134 3814@command{@value{AS}} has the following @dfn{prefix operators}. They each take
252b5132
RH
3815one argument, which must be absolute.
3816
3817@c the tex/end tex stuff surrounding this small table is meant to make
3818@c it align, on the printed page, with the similar table in the next
3819@c section (which is inside an enumerate).
3820@tex
3821\global\advance\leftskip by \itemindent
3822@end tex
3823
3824@table @code
3825@item -
3826@dfn{Negation}. Two's complement negation.
3827@item ~
3828@dfn{Complementation}. Bitwise not.
3829@end table
3830
3831@tex
3832\global\advance\leftskip by -\itemindent
3833@end tex
3834
3835@node Infix Ops
3836@subsection Infix Operators
3837
3838@cindex infix operators
3839@cindex operators, permitted arguments
3840@dfn{Infix operators} take two arguments, one on either side. Operators
3841have precedence, but operations with equal precedence are performed left
a4fb0134 3842to right. Apart from @code{+} or @option{-}, both arguments must be
252b5132
RH
3843absolute, and the result is absolute.
3844
3845@enumerate
3846@cindex operator precedence
3847@cindex precedence of operators
3848
3849@item
3850Highest Precedence
3851
3852@table @code
3853@item *
3854@dfn{Multiplication}.
3855
3856@item /
3857@dfn{Division}. Truncation is the same as the C operator @samp{/}
3858
3859@item %
3860@dfn{Remainder}.
3861
d1eac9d9 3862@item <<
252b5132
RH
3863@dfn{Shift Left}. Same as the C operator @samp{<<}.
3864
d1eac9d9 3865@item >>
252b5132
RH
3866@dfn{Shift Right}. Same as the C operator @samp{>>}.
3867@end table
3868
3869@item
3870Intermediate precedence
3871
3872@table @code
3873@item |
3874
3875@dfn{Bitwise Inclusive Or}.
3876
3877@item &
3878@dfn{Bitwise And}.
3879
3880@item ^
3881@dfn{Bitwise Exclusive Or}.
3882
3883@item !
3884@dfn{Bitwise Or Not}.
3885@end table
3886
3887@item
b131d4dc 3888Low Precedence
252b5132
RH
3889
3890@table @code
3891@cindex addition, permitted arguments
3892@cindex plus, permitted arguments
3893@cindex arguments for addition
3894@item +
3895@dfn{Addition}. If either argument is absolute, the result has the section of
3896the other argument. You may not add together arguments from different
3897sections.
3898
3899@cindex subtraction, permitted arguments
3900@cindex minus, permitted arguments
3901@cindex arguments for subtraction
3902@item -
3903@dfn{Subtraction}. If the right argument is absolute, the
3904result has the section of the left argument.
3905If both arguments are in the same section, the result is absolute.
3906You may not subtract arguments from different sections.
3907@c FIXME is there still something useful to say about undefined - undefined ?
b131d4dc
NC
3908
3909@cindex comparison expressions
3910@cindex expressions, comparison
3911@item ==
3912@dfn{Is Equal To}
3913@item <>
723a8472 3914@itemx !=
b131d4dc
NC
3915@dfn{Is Not Equal To}
3916@item <
3917@dfn{Is Less Than}
d1eac9d9 3918@item >
b131d4dc 3919@dfn{Is Greater Than}
d1eac9d9 3920@item >=
b131d4dc 3921@dfn{Is Greater Than Or Equal To}
d1eac9d9 3922@item <=
b131d4dc
NC
3923@dfn{Is Less Than Or Equal To}
3924
3925The comparison operators can be used as infix operators. A true results has a
3926value of -1 whereas a false result has a value of 0. Note, these operators
3927perform signed comparisons.
3928@end table
3929
3930@item Lowest Precedence
3931
3932@table @code
3933@item &&
3934@dfn{Logical And}.
3935
3936@item ||
3937@dfn{Logical Or}.
3938
3939These two logical operations can be used to combine the results of sub
3940expressions. Note, unlike the comparison operators a true result returns a
3941value of 1 but a false results does still return 0. Also note that the logical
3942or operator has a slightly lower precedence than logical and.
3943
252b5132
RH
3944@end table
3945@end enumerate
3946
3947In short, it's only meaningful to add or subtract the @emph{offsets} in an
3948address; you can only have a defined section in one of the two arguments.
3949
3950@node Pseudo Ops
3951@chapter Assembler Directives
3952
3953@cindex directives, machine independent
3954@cindex pseudo-ops, machine independent
3955@cindex machine independent directives
3956All assembler directives have names that begin with a period (@samp{.}).
3957The rest of the name is letters, usually in lower case.
3958
3959This chapter discusses directives that are available regardless of the
3960target machine configuration for the @sc{gnu} assembler.
3961@ifset GENERIC
3962Some machine configurations provide additional directives.
3963@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
3964@end ifset
3965@ifclear GENERIC
3966@ifset machine-directives
96e9638b 3967@xref{Machine Dependencies}, for additional directives.
252b5132
RH
3968@end ifset
3969@end ifclear
3970
3971@menu
3972* Abort:: @code{.abort}
3973@ifset COFF
38a57ae7 3974* ABORT (COFF):: @code{.ABORT}
252b5132 3975@end ifset
f0dc282c 3976
252b5132 3977* Align:: @code{.align @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
caa32fe5 3978* Altmacro:: @code{.altmacro}
252b5132
RH
3979* Ascii:: @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
3980* Asciz:: @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
3981* Balign:: @code{.balign @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
fa94de6b 3982* Bundle directives:: @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}, @code{.bundle_lock}, @code{.bundle_unlock}
252b5132 3983* Byte:: @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4b7d318b 3984* CFI directives:: @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}, @code{.cfi_endproc}, etc.
ccf8a69b 3985* Comm:: @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
252b5132
RH
3986* Data:: @code{.data @var{subsection}}
3987@ifset COFF
3988* Def:: @code{.def @var{name}}
3989@end ifset
3990@ifset aout-bout
3991* Desc:: @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
3992@end ifset
3993@ifset COFF
3994* Dim:: @code{.dim}
3995@end ifset
f0dc282c 3996
252b5132
RH
3997* Double:: @code{.double @var{flonums}}
3998* Eject:: @code{.eject}
3999* Else:: @code{.else}
3fd9f047 4000* Elseif:: @code{.elseif}
252b5132
RH
4001* End:: @code{.end}
4002@ifset COFF
4003* Endef:: @code{.endef}
4004@end ifset
f0dc282c 4005
252b5132
RH
4006* Endfunc:: @code{.endfunc}
4007* Endif:: @code{.endif}
4008* Equ:: @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4009* Equiv:: @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
9497f5ac 4010* Eqv:: @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
252b5132 4011* Err:: @code{.err}
d190d046 4012* Error:: @code{.error @var{string}}
252b5132
RH
4013* Exitm:: @code{.exitm}
4014* Extern:: @code{.extern}
4015* Fail:: @code{.fail}
14082c76 4016* File:: @code{.file}
252b5132
RH
4017* Fill:: @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4018* Float:: @code{.float @var{flonums}}
01642c12 4019* Func:: @code{.func}
252b5132 4020* Global:: @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
c91d2e08 4021@ifset ELF
3a99f02f 4022* Gnu_attribute:: @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
c91d2e08
NC
4023* Hidden:: @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4024@end ifset
f0dc282c 4025
252b5132
RH
4026* hword:: @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4027* Ident:: @code{.ident}
4028* If:: @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
7e005732 4029* Incbin:: @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
252b5132
RH
4030* Include:: @code{.include "@var{file}"}
4031* Int:: @code{.int @var{expressions}}
c91d2e08
NC
4032@ifset ELF
4033* Internal:: @code{.internal @var{names}}
4034@end ifset
f0dc282c 4035
252b5132
RH
4036* Irp:: @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4037* Irpc:: @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4038* Lcomm:: @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
4039* Lflags:: @code{.lflags}
4040@ifclear no-line-dir
4041* Line:: @code{.line @var{line-number}}
4042@end ifclear
f0dc282c 4043
252b5132
RH
4044* Linkonce:: @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
4045* List:: @code{.list}
bd0eb99b 4046* Ln:: @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
14082c76
BW
4047* Loc:: @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno}}
4048* Loc_mark_labels:: @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
4d4175af
BW
4049@ifset ELF
4050* Local:: @code{.local @var{names}}
4051@end ifset
bd0eb99b 4052
252b5132
RH
4053* Long:: @code{.long @var{expressions}}
4054@ignore
4055* Lsym:: @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4056@end ignore
f0dc282c 4057
252b5132
RH
4058* Macro:: @code{.macro @var{name} @var{args}}@dots{}
4059* MRI:: @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 4060* Noaltmacro:: @code{.noaltmacro}
252b5132
RH
4061* Nolist:: @code{.nolist}
4062* Octa:: @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
9aec2026 4063* Offset:: @code{.offset @var{loc}}
85234291
L
4064* Org:: @code{.org @var{new-lc}, @var{fill}}
4065* P2align:: @code{.p2align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
c91d2e08
NC
4066@ifset ELF
4067* PopSection:: @code{.popsection}
4068* Previous:: @code{.previous}
4069@end ifset
f0dc282c 4070
252b5132 4071* Print:: @code{.print @var{string}}
c91d2e08
NC
4072@ifset ELF
4073* Protected:: @code{.protected @var{names}}
4074@end ifset
f0dc282c 4075
252b5132
RH
4076* Psize:: @code{.psize @var{lines}, @var{columns}}
4077* Purgem:: @code{.purgem @var{name}}
c91d2e08
NC
4078@ifset ELF
4079* PushSection:: @code{.pushsection @var{name}}
4080@end ifset
f0dc282c 4081
252b5132 4082* Quad:: @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
05e9452c 4083* Reloc:: @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
252b5132
RH
4084* Rept:: @code{.rept @var{count}}
4085* Sbttl:: @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
4086@ifset COFF
4087* Scl:: @code{.scl @var{class}}
c1253627
NC
4088@end ifset
4089@ifset COFF-ELF
7337fc21 4090* Section:: @code{.section @var{name}[, @var{flags}]}
252b5132 4091@end ifset
f0dc282c 4092
252b5132
RH
4093* Set:: @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4094* Short:: @code{.short @var{expressions}}
4095* Single:: @code{.single @var{flonums}}
c1253627 4096@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4097* Size:: @code{.size [@var{name} , @var{expression}]}
c1253627 4098@end ifset
884f0d36 4099@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4100* Skip:: @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36
BW
4101@end ifclear
4102
252b5132 4103* Sleb128:: @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
884f0d36 4104@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4105* Space:: @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36 4106@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4107@ifset have-stabs
4108* Stab:: @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
4109@end ifset
f0dc282c 4110
38a57ae7 4111* String:: @code{.string "@var{str}"}, @code{.string8 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string16 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string32 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string64 "@var{str}"}
252b5132
RH
4112* Struct:: @code{.struct @var{expression}}
4113@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4114* SubSection:: @code{.subsection}
252b5132
RH
4115* Symver:: @code{.symver @var{name},@var{name2@@nodename}}
4116@end ifset
f0dc282c 4117
252b5132
RH
4118@ifset COFF
4119* Tag:: @code{.tag @var{structname}}
4120@end ifset
f0dc282c 4121
252b5132
RH
4122* Text:: @code{.text @var{subsection}}
4123* Title:: @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
c1253627 4124@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4125* Type:: @code{.type <@var{int} | @var{name} , @var{type description}>}
c1253627
NC
4126@end ifset
4127
c91d2e08 4128* Uleb128:: @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
252b5132 4129@ifset COFF
252b5132
RH
4130* Val:: @code{.val @var{addr}}
4131@end ifset
f0dc282c 4132
2e13b764 4133@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4134* Version:: @code{.version "@var{string}"}
c91d2e08
NC
4135* VTableEntry:: @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
4136* VTableInherit:: @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 4137@end ifset
f0dc282c 4138
d190d046 4139* Warning:: @code{.warning @var{string}}
c87db184 4140* Weak:: @code{.weak @var{names}}
06e77878 4141* Weakref:: @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{symbol}}
252b5132
RH
4142* Word:: @code{.word @var{expressions}}
4143* Deprecated:: Deprecated Directives
4144@end menu
4145
4146@node Abort
4147@section @code{.abort}
4148
4149@cindex @code{abort} directive
4150@cindex stopping the assembly
4151This directive stops the assembly immediately. It is for
4152compatibility with other assemblers. The original idea was that the
4153assembly language source would be piped into the assembler. If the sender
a4fb0134 4154of the source quit, it could use this directive tells @command{@value{AS}} to
252b5132
RH
4155quit also. One day @code{.abort} will not be supported.
4156
4157@ifset COFF
370b66a1
CD
4158@node ABORT (COFF)
4159@section @code{.ABORT} (COFF)
252b5132
RH
4160
4161@cindex @code{ABORT} directive
a4fb0134 4162When producing COFF output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive as a
252b5132
RH
4163synonym for @samp{.abort}.
4164
4165@ifset BOUT
a4fb0134 4166When producing @code{b.out} output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive,
252b5132
RH
4167but ignores it.
4168@end ifset
4169@end ifset
4170
4171@node Align
4172@section @code{.align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4173
4174@cindex padding the location counter
4175@cindex @code{align} directive
4176Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular storage
4177boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the alignment
4178required, as described below.
4179
4180The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4181padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4182padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4183marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4184with no-op instructions.
4185
4186The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4187it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4188directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4189specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4190fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4191required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4192with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4193
4194The way the required alignment is specified varies from system to system.
7be1c489 4195For the arc, hppa, i386 using ELF, i860, iq2000, m68k, or32,
60946ad0 4196s390, sparc, tic4x, tic80 and xtensa, the first expression is the
252b5132
RH
4197alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.align 8} advances
4198the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
60946ad0
AM
4199is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. For the tic54x, the
4200first expression is the alignment request in words.
252b5132 4201
9e9a9798 4202For other systems, including ppc, i386 using a.out format, arm and
adcf07e6 4203strongarm, it is the
252b5132
RH
4204number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
4205advancement. For example @samp{.align 3} advances the location
4206counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
4207multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4208
4209This inconsistency is due to the different behaviors of the various
4210native assemblers for these systems which GAS must emulate.
4211GAS also provides @code{.balign} and @code{.p2align} directives,
4212described later, which have a consistent behavior across all
4213architectures (but are specific to GAS).
4214
ccf8a69b
BW
4215@node Altmacro
4216@section @code{.altmacro}
4217Enable alternate macro mode, enabling:
4218
4219@ftable @code
4220@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
4221One additional directive, @code{LOCAL}, is available. It is used to
4222generate a string replacement for each of the @var{name} arguments, and
4223replace any instances of @var{name} in each macro expansion. The
4224replacement string is unique in the assembly, and different for each
4225separate macro expansion. @code{LOCAL} allows you to write macros that
4226define symbols, without fear of conflict between separate macro expansions.
4227
4228@item String delimiters
4229You can write strings delimited in these other ways besides
4230@code{"@var{string}"}:
4231
4232@table @code
4233@item '@var{string}'
4234You can delimit strings with single-quote characters.
4235
4236@item <@var{string}>
4237You can delimit strings with matching angle brackets.
4238@end table
4239
4240@item single-character string escape
4241To include any single character literally in a string (even if the
4242character would otherwise have some special meaning), you can prefix the
4243character with @samp{!} (an exclamation mark). For example, you can
4244write @samp{<4.3 !> 5.4!!>} to get the literal text @samp{4.3 > 5.4!}.
4245
4246@item Expression results as strings
4247You can write @samp{%@var{expr}} to evaluate the expression @var{expr}
01642c12 4248and use the result as a string.
ccf8a69b
BW
4249@end ftable
4250
252b5132
RH
4251@node Ascii
4252@section @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4253
4254@cindex @code{ascii} directive
4255@cindex string literals
4256@code{.ascii} expects zero or more string literals (@pxref{Strings})
4257separated by commas. It assembles each string (with no automatic
4258trailing zero byte) into consecutive addresses.
4259
4260@node Asciz
4261@section @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4262
4263@cindex @code{asciz} directive
4264@cindex zero-terminated strings
4265@cindex null-terminated strings
4266@code{.asciz} is just like @code{.ascii}, but each string is followed by
4267a zero byte. The ``z'' in @samp{.asciz} stands for ``zero''.
4268
4269@node Balign
4270@section @code{.balign[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4271
4272@cindex padding the location counter given number of bytes
4273@cindex @code{balign} directive
4274Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
4275storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
4276alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.balign 8} advances
4277the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
4278is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4279
4280The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4281padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4282padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4283marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4284with no-op instructions.
4285
4286The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4287it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4288directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4289specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4290fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4291required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4292with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4293
4294@cindex @code{balignw} directive
4295@cindex @code{balignl} directive
4296The @code{.balignw} and @code{.balignl} directives are variants of the
4297@code{.balign} directive. The @code{.balignw} directive treats the fill
4298pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.balignl} directives treats the
4299fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.balignw
43004,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
4301filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
4302the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
4303undefined.
4304
fa94de6b
RM
4305@node Bundle directives
4306@section @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}
4307@cindex @code{bundle_align_mode} directive
4308@cindex bundle
4309@cindex instruction bundle
4310@cindex aligned instruction bundle
ec82c18e 4311@code{.bundle_align_mode} enables or disables @dfn{aligned instruction
fa94de6b 4312bundle} mode. In this mode, sequences of adjacent instructions are grouped
ec82c18e 4313into fixed-sized @dfn{bundles}. If the argument is zero, this mode is
27dcf5c0 4314disabled (which is the default state). If the argument it not zero, it
fa94de6b
RM
4315gives the size of an instruction bundle as a power of two (as for the
4316@code{.p2align} directive, @pxref{P2align}).
4317
4318For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that no instruction may span a
ec82c18e 4319certain aligned boundary. A @dfn{bundle} is simply a sequence of
fa94de6b
RM
4320instructions that starts on an aligned boundary. For example, if
4321@var{abs-expr} is @code{5} then the bundle size is 32, so each aligned
4322chunk of 32 bytes is a bundle. When aligned instruction bundle mode is in
4323effect, no single instruction may span a boundary between bundles. If an
4324instruction would start too close to the end of a bundle for the length of
4325that particular instruction to fit within the bundle, then the space at the
4326end of that bundle is filled with no-op instructions so the instruction
4327starts in the next bundle. As a corollary, it's an error if any single
4328instruction's encoding is longer than the bundle size.
4329
4330@section @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
4331@cindex @code{bundle_lock} directive
4332@cindex @code{bundle_unlock} directive
4333The @code{.bundle_lock} and directive @code{.bundle_unlock} directives
4334allow explicit control over instruction bundle padding. These directives
4335are only valid when @code{.bundle_align_mode} has been used to enable
4336aligned instruction bundle mode. It's an error if they appear when
4337@code{.bundle_align_mode} has not been used at all, or when the last
4338directive was @w{@code{.bundle_align_mode 0}}.
4339
4340@cindex bundle-locked
4341For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that certain instructions may
4342appear only as part of specified permissible sequences of multiple
4343instructions, all within the same bundle. A pair of @code{.bundle_lock}
ec82c18e 4344and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives define a @dfn{bundle-locked}
fa94de6b
RM
4345instruction sequence. For purposes of aligned instruction bundle mode, a
4346sequence starting with @code{.bundle_lock} and ending with
4347@code{.bundle_unlock} is treated as a single instruction. That is, the
4348entire sequence must fit into a single bundle and may not span a bundle
4349boundary. If necessary, no-op instructions will be inserted before the
4350first instruction of the sequence so that the whole sequence starts on an
4351aligned bundle boundary. It's an error if the sequence is longer than the
4352bundle size.
4353
4354Bundle-locked sequences do not nest. It's an error if two
4355@code{.bundle_lock} directives appear without an intervening
4356@code{.bundle_unlock} directive.
4357
252b5132
RH
4358@node Byte
4359@section @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4360
4361@cindex @code{byte} directive
4362@cindex integers, one byte
4363@code{.byte} expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas.
4364Each expression is assembled into the next byte.
4365
54cfded0 4366@node CFI directives
38462edf
JJ
4367@section @code{.cfi_sections @var{section_list}}
4368@cindex @code{cfi_sections} directive
4369@code{.cfi_sections} may be used to specify whether CFI directives
4370should emit @code{.eh_frame} section and/or @code{.debug_frame} section.
4371If @var{section_list} is @code{.eh_frame}, @code{.eh_frame} is emitted,
4372if @var{section_list} is @code{.debug_frame}, @code{.debug_frame} is emitted.
4373To emit both use @code{.eh_frame, .debug_frame}. The default if this
4374directive is not used is @code{.cfi_sections .eh_frame}.
4375
4b7d318b 4376@section @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}
54cfded0
AM
4377@cindex @code{cfi_startproc} directive
4378@code{.cfi_startproc} is used at the beginning of each function that
4379should have an entry in @code{.eh_frame}. It initializes some internal
4b7d318b 4380data structures. Don't forget to close the function by
54cfded0
AM
4381@code{.cfi_endproc}.
4382
01642c12 4383Unless @code{.cfi_startproc} is used along with parameter @code{simple}
4b7d318b 4384it also emits some architecture dependent initial CFI instructions.
01642c12 4385
54cfded0
AM
4386@section @code{.cfi_endproc}
4387@cindex @code{cfi_endproc} directive
4388@code{.cfi_endproc} is used at the end of a function where it closes its
4389unwind entry previously opened by
b45619c0 4390@code{.cfi_startproc}, and emits it to @code{.eh_frame}.
54cfded0 4391
9b8ae42e
JJ
4392@section @code{.cfi_personality @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
4393@code{.cfi_personality} defines personality routine and its encoding.
4394@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the personality
4395should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4396argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be
4397a constant or a symbol name. When using indirect encodings,
4398the symbol provided should be the location where personality
4399can be loaded from, not the personality routine itself.
4400The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_personality 0xff},
4401no personality routine.
4402
4403@section @code{.cfi_lsda @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
4404@code{.cfi_lsda} defines LSDA and its encoding.
4405@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the LSDA
4406should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4407argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be a constant
4408or a symbol name. The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_lsda 0xff},
4409no LSDA.
4410
54cfded0 4411@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa @var{register}, @var{offset}}
01642c12 4412@code{.cfi_def_cfa} defines a rule for computing CFA as: @i{take
54cfded0
AM
4413address from @var{register} and add @var{offset} to it}.
4414
4415@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa_register @var{register}}
4416@code{.cfi_def_cfa_register} modifies a rule for computing CFA. From
4417now on @var{register} will be used instead of the old one. Offset
4418remains the same.
4419
4420@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
4421@code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} modifies a rule for computing CFA. Register
4422remains the same, but @var{offset} is new. Note that it is the
4423absolute offset that will be added to a defined register to compute
4424CFA address.
4425
4426@section @code{.cfi_adjust_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
4427Same as @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} but @var{offset} is a relative
4428value that is added/substracted from the previous offset.
4429
4430@section @code{.cfi_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4431Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
01642c12 4432CFA.
54cfded0 4433
17076204
RH
4434@section @code{.cfi_rel_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4435Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
4436the current CFA register. This is transformed to @code{.cfi_offset}
4437using the known displacement of the CFA register from the CFA.
4438This is often easier to use, because the number will match the
4439code it's annotating.
54cfded0 4440
4b7d318b
L
4441@section @code{.cfi_register @var{register1}, @var{register2}}
4442Previous value of @var{register1} is saved in register @var{register2}.
4443
4444@section @code{.cfi_restore @var{register}}
01642c12
RM
4445@code{.cfi_restore} says that the rule for @var{register} is now the
4446same as it was at the beginning of the function, after all initial
4b7d318b
L
4447instruction added by @code{.cfi_startproc} were executed.
4448
4449@section @code{.cfi_undefined @var{register}}
4450From now on the previous value of @var{register} can't be restored anymore.
4451
4452@section @code{.cfi_same_value @var{register}}
01642c12 4453Current value of @var{register} is the same like in the previous frame,
4b7d318b
L
4454i.e. no restoration needed.
4455
01642c12
RM
4456@section @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4457First save all current rules for all registers by @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4458then totally screw them up by subsequent @code{.cfi_*} directives and when
4459everything is hopelessly bad, use @code{.cfi_restore_state} to restore
4b7d318b
L
4460the previous saved state.
4461
4462@section @code{.cfi_return_column @var{register}}
01642c12 4463Change return column @var{register}, i.e. the return address is either
4b7d318b
L
4464directly in @var{register} or can be accessed by rules for @var{register}.
4465
63752a75
JJ
4466@section @code{.cfi_signal_frame}
4467Mark current function as signal trampoline.
4468
6749011b 4469@section @code{.cfi_window_save}
364b6d8b
JJ
4470SPARC register window has been saved.
4471
cdfbf930
RH
4472@section @code{.cfi_escape} @var{expression}[, @dots{}]
4473Allows the user to add arbitrary bytes to the unwind info. One
4474might use this to add OS-specific CFI opcodes, or generic CFI
4475opcodes that GAS does not yet support.
252b5132 4476
f1c4cc75
RH
4477@section @code{.cfi_val_encoded_addr @var{register}, @var{encoding}, @var{label}}
4478The current value of @var{register} is @var{label}. The value of @var{label}
4479will be encoded in the output file according to @var{encoding}; see the
4480description of @code{.cfi_personality} for details on this encoding.
4481
4482The usefulness of equating a register to a fixed label is probably
4483limited to the return address register. Here, it can be useful to
4484mark a code segment that has only one return address which is reached
4485by a direct branch and no copy of the return address exists in memory
4486or another register.
4487
ccf8a69b
BW
4488@node Comm
4489@section @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
bd0eb99b 4490
ccf8a69b
BW
4491@cindex @code{comm} directive
4492@cindex symbol, common
4493@code{.comm} declares a common symbol named @var{symbol}. When linking, a
4494common symbol in one object file may be merged with a defined or common symbol
4495of the same name in another object file. If @code{@value{LD}} does not see a
4496definition for the symbol--just one or more common symbols--then it will
4497allocate @var{length} bytes of uninitialized memory. @var{length} must be an
4498absolute expression. If @code{@value{LD}} sees multiple common symbols with
4499the same name, and they do not all have the same size, it will allocate space
4500using the largest size.
07a53e5c 4501
c1711530
DK
4502@ifset COFF-ELF
4503When using ELF or (as a GNU extension) PE, the @code{.comm} directive takes
01642c12 4504an optional third argument. This is the desired alignment of the symbol,
c1711530
DK
4505specified for ELF as a byte boundary (for example, an alignment of 16 means
4506that the least significant 4 bits of the address should be zero), and for PE
4507as a power of two (for example, an alignment of 5 means aligned to a 32-byte
01642c12 4508boundary). The alignment must be an absolute expression, and it must be a
c1711530 4509power of two. If @code{@value{LD}} allocates uninitialized memory for the
01642c12 4510common symbol, it will use the alignment when placing the symbol. If no
c1711530 4511alignment is specified, @command{@value{AS}} will set the alignment to the
ccf8a69b 4512largest power of two less than or equal to the size of the symbol, up to a
c1711530
DK
4513maximum of 16 on ELF, or the default section alignment of 4 on PE@footnote{This
4514is not the same as the executable image file alignment controlled by @code{@value{LD}}'s
4515@samp{--section-alignment} option; image file sections in PE are aligned to
4516multiples of 4096, which is far too large an alignment for ordinary variables.
4517It is rather the default alignment for (non-debug) sections within object
4518(@samp{*.o}) files, which are less strictly aligned.}.
ccf8a69b 4519@end ifset
cd1fcb49 4520
ccf8a69b
BW
4521@ifset HPPA
4522The syntax for @code{.comm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
4523@samp{@var{symbol} .comm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
4524@end ifset
07a53e5c 4525
252b5132
RH
4526@node Data
4527@section @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4528
4529@cindex @code{data} directive
a4fb0134 4530@code{.data} tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the
252b5132
RH
4531end of the data subsection numbered @var{subsection} (which is an
4532absolute expression). If @var{subsection} is omitted, it defaults
4533to zero.
4534
4535@ifset COFF
4536@node Def
4537@section @code{.def @var{name}}
4538
4539@cindex @code{def} directive
4540@cindex COFF symbols, debugging
4541@cindex debugging COFF symbols
4542Begin defining debugging information for a symbol @var{name}; the
4543definition extends until the @code{.endef} directive is encountered.
4544@ifset BOUT
4545
a4fb0134 4546This directive is only observed when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF
252b5132
RH
4547format output; when producing @code{b.out}, @samp{.def} is recognized,
4548but ignored.
4549@end ifset
4550@end ifset
4551
4552@ifset aout-bout
4553@node Desc
4554@section @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4555
4556@cindex @code{desc} directive
4557@cindex COFF symbol descriptor
4558@cindex symbol descriptor, COFF
4559This directive sets the descriptor of the symbol (@pxref{Symbol Attributes})
4560to the low 16 bits of an absolute expression.
4561
4562@ifset COFF
a4fb0134 4563The @samp{.desc} directive is not available when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132 4564configured for COFF output; it is only for @code{a.out} or @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 4565object format. For the sake of compatibility, @command{@value{AS}} accepts
252b5132
RH
4566it, but produces no output, when configured for COFF.
4567@end ifset
4568@end ifset
4569
4570@ifset COFF
4571@node Dim
4572@section @code{.dim}
4573
4574@cindex @code{dim} directive
4575@cindex COFF auxiliary symbol information
4576@cindex auxiliary symbol information, COFF
4577This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
4578information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
4579@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs.
4580@ifset BOUT
4581
4582@samp{.dim} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 4583@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
4584ignores it.
4585@end ifset
4586@end ifset
4587
4588@node Double
4589@section @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4590
4591@cindex @code{double} directive
4592@cindex floating point numbers (double)
4593@code{.double} expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
4594assembles floating point numbers.
4595@ifset GENERIC
4596The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 4597@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
4598@end ifset
4599@ifclear GENERIC
4600@ifset IEEEFLOAT
4601On the @value{TARGET} family @samp{.double} emits 64-bit floating-point numbers
4602in @sc{ieee} format.
4603@end ifset
4604@end ifclear
4605
4606@node Eject
4607@section @code{.eject}
4608
4609@cindex @code{eject} directive
4610@cindex new page, in listings
4611@cindex page, in listings
4612@cindex listing control: new page
4613Force a page break at this point, when generating assembly listings.
4614
4615@node Else
4616@section @code{.else}
4617
4618@cindex @code{else} directive
a4fb0134 4619@code{.else} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4620assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It marks the beginning of a section
252b5132
RH
4621of code to be assembled if the condition for the preceding @code{.if}
4622was false.
4623
3fd9f047
TW
4624@node Elseif
4625@section @code{.elseif}
4626
4627@cindex @code{elseif} directive
a4fb0134 4628@code{.elseif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4629assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It is shorthand for beginning a new
3fd9f047
TW
4630@code{.if} block that would otherwise fill the entire @code{.else} section.
4631
252b5132
RH
4632@node End
4633@section @code{.end}
4634
4635@cindex @code{end} directive
a4fb0134 4636@code{.end} marks the end of the assembly file. @command{@value{AS}} does not
252b5132
RH
4637process anything in the file past the @code{.end} directive.
4638
4639@ifset COFF
4640@node Endef
4641@section @code{.endef}
4642
4643@cindex @code{endef} directive
4644This directive flags the end of a symbol definition begun with
4645@code{.def}.
4646@ifset BOUT
4647
4648@samp{.endef} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; if
a4fb0134 4649@command{@value{AS}} is configured to generate @code{b.out}, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
4650directive but ignores it.
4651@end ifset
4652@end ifset
4653
4654@node Endfunc
4655@section @code{.endfunc}
4656@cindex @code{endfunc} directive
4657@code{.endfunc} marks the end of a function specified with @code{.func}.
4658
4659@node Endif
4660@section @code{.endif}
4661
4662@cindex @code{endif} directive
a4fb0134 4663@code{.endif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional assembly;
252b5132
RH
4664it marks the end of a block of code that is only assembled
4665conditionally. @xref{If,,@code{.if}}.
4666
4667@node Equ
4668@section @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4669
4670@cindex @code{equ} directive
4671@cindex assigning values to symbols
4672@cindex symbols, assigning values to
4673This directive sets the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}.
96e9638b 4674It is synonymous with @samp{.set}; see @ref{Set,,@code{.set}}.
252b5132
RH
4675
4676@ifset HPPA
01642c12 4677The syntax for @code{equ} on the HPPA is
252b5132
RH
4678@samp{@var{symbol} .equ @var{expression}}.
4679@end ifset
4680
3c9b82ba 4681@ifset Z80
01642c12
RM
4682The syntax for @code{equ} on the Z80 is
4683@samp{@var{symbol} equ @var{expression}}.
3c9b82ba 4684On the Z80 it is an eror if @var{symbol} is already defined,
01642c12 4685but the symbol is not protected from later redefinition.
96e9638b 4686Compare @ref{Equiv}.
3c9b82ba
NC
4687@end ifset
4688
252b5132
RH
4689@node Equiv
4690@section @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4691@cindex @code{equiv} directive
4692The @code{.equiv} directive is like @code{.equ} and @code{.set}, except that
8dfa0188
NC
4693the assembler will signal an error if @var{symbol} is already defined. Note a
4694symbol which has been referenced but not actually defined is considered to be
4695undefined.
252b5132 4696
01642c12 4697Except for the contents of the error message, this is roughly equivalent to
252b5132
RH
4698@smallexample
4699.ifdef SYM
4700.err
4701.endif
4702.equ SYM,VAL
4703@end smallexample
9497f5ac
NC
4704plus it protects the symbol from later redefinition.
4705
4706@node Eqv
4707@section @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4708@cindex @code{eqv} directive
4709The @code{.eqv} directive is like @code{.equiv}, but no attempt is made to
4710evaluate the expression or any part of it immediately. Instead each time
4711the resulting symbol is used in an expression, a snapshot of its current
4712value is taken.
252b5132
RH
4713
4714@node Err
4715@section @code{.err}
4716@cindex @code{err} directive
a4fb0134
SC
4717If @command{@value{AS}} assembles a @code{.err} directive, it will print an error
4718message and, unless the @option{-Z} option was used, it will not generate an
f9eb6721 4719object file. This can be used to signal an error in conditionally compiled code.
252b5132 4720
d190d046
HPN
4721@node Error
4722@section @code{.error "@var{string}"}
4723@cindex error directive
4724
4725Similarly to @code{.err}, this directive emits an error, but you can specify a
4726string that will be emitted as the error message. If you don't specify the
4727message, it defaults to @code{".error directive invoked in source file"}.
4728@xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
4729
4730@smallexample
4731 .error "This code has not been assembled and tested."
4732@end smallexample
4733
252b5132
RH
4734@node Exitm
4735@section @code{.exitm}
4736Exit early from the current macro definition. @xref{Macro}.
4737
4738@node Extern
4739@section @code{.extern}
4740
4741@cindex @code{extern} directive
4742@code{.extern} is accepted in the source program---for compatibility
a4fb0134 4743with other assemblers---but it is ignored. @command{@value{AS}} treats
252b5132
RH
4744all undefined symbols as external.
4745
4746@node Fail
4747@section @code{.fail @var{expression}}
4748
4749@cindex @code{fail} directive
4750Generates an error or a warning. If the value of the @var{expression} is 500
a4fb0134
SC
4751or more, @command{@value{AS}} will print a warning message. If the value is less
4752than 500, @command{@value{AS}} will print an error message. The message will
252b5132
RH
4753include the value of @var{expression}. This can occasionally be useful inside
4754complex nested macros or conditional assembly.
4755
252b5132 4756@node File
14082c76 4757@section @code{.file}
252b5132 4758@cindex @code{file} directive
14082c76
BW
4759
4760@ifclear no-file-dir
4761There are two different versions of the @code{.file} directive. Targets
4762that support DWARF2 line number information use the DWARF2 version of
4763@code{.file}. Other targets use the default version.
4764
4765@subheading Default Version
4766
252b5132
RH
4767@cindex logical file name
4768@cindex file name, logical
14082c76
BW
4769This version of the @code{.file} directive tells @command{@value{AS}} that we
4770are about to start a new logical file. The syntax is:
4771
4772@smallexample
4773.file @var{string}
4774@end smallexample
4775
4776@var{string} is the new file name. In general, the filename is
252b5132
RH
4777recognized whether or not it is surrounded by quotes @samp{"}; but if you wish
4778to specify an empty file name, you must give the quotes--@code{""}. This
4779statement may go away in future: it is only recognized to be compatible with
a4fb0134 4780old @command{@value{AS}} programs.
14082c76
BW
4781
4782@subheading DWARF2 Version
252b5132
RH
4783@end ifclear
4784
14082c76
BW
4785When emitting DWARF2 line number information, @code{.file} assigns filenames
4786to the @code{.debug_line} file name table. The syntax is:
4787
4788@smallexample
4789.file @var{fileno} @var{filename}
4790@end smallexample
4791
4792The @var{fileno} operand should be a unique positive integer to use as the
4793index of the entry in the table. The @var{filename} operand is a C string
4794literal.
4795
4796The detail of filename indices is exposed to the user because the filename
4797table is shared with the @code{.debug_info} section of the DWARF2 debugging
4798information, and thus the user must know the exact indices that table
4799entries will have.
4800
252b5132
RH
4801@node Fill
4802@section @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4803
4804@cindex @code{fill} directive
4805@cindex writing patterns in memory
4806@cindex patterns, writing in memory
bc64be0c 4807@var{repeat}, @var{size} and @var{value} are absolute expressions.
252b5132
RH
4808This emits @var{repeat} copies of @var{size} bytes. @var{Repeat}
4809may be zero or more. @var{Size} may be zero or more, but if it is
4810more than 8, then it is deemed to have the value 8, compatible with
4811other people's assemblers. The contents of each @var{repeat} bytes
4812is taken from an 8-byte number. The highest order 4 bytes are
4813zero. The lowest order 4 bytes are @var{value} rendered in the
a4fb0134 4814byte-order of an integer on the computer @command{@value{AS}} is assembling for.
252b5132
RH
4815Each @var{size} bytes in a repetition is taken from the lowest order
4816@var{size} bytes of this number. Again, this bizarre behavior is
4817compatible with other people's assemblers.
4818
4819@var{size} and @var{value} are optional.
4820If the second comma and @var{value} are absent, @var{value} is
4821assumed zero. If the first comma and following tokens are absent,
4822@var{size} is assumed to be 1.
4823
4824@node Float
4825@section @code{.float @var{flonums}}
4826
4827@cindex floating point numbers (single)
4828@cindex @code{float} directive
4829This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
4830has the same effect as @code{.single}.
4831@ifset GENERIC
4832The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 4833@command{@value{AS}} is configured.
252b5132
RH
4834@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
4835@end ifset
4836@ifclear GENERIC
4837@ifset IEEEFLOAT
4838On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.float} emits 32-bit floating point numbers
4839in @sc{ieee} format.
4840@end ifset
4841@end ifclear
4842
4843@node Func
4844@section @code{.func @var{name}[,@var{label}]}
4845@cindex @code{func} directive
4846@code{.func} emits debugging information to denote function @var{name}, and
4847is ignored unless the file is assembled with debugging enabled.
05da4302 4848Only @samp{--gstabs[+]} is currently supported.
252b5132
RH
4849@var{label} is the entry point of the function and if omitted @var{name}
4850prepended with the @samp{leading char} is used.
4851@samp{leading char} is usually @code{_} or nothing, depending on the target.
4852All functions are currently defined to have @code{void} return type.
4853The function must be terminated with @code{.endfunc}.
4854
4855@node Global
4856@section @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
4857
4858@cindex @code{global} directive
4859@cindex symbol, making visible to linker
4860@code{.global} makes the symbol visible to @code{@value{LD}}. If you define
4861@var{symbol} in your partial program, its value is made available to
4862other partial programs that are linked with it. Otherwise,
4863@var{symbol} takes its attributes from a symbol of the same name
4864from another file linked into the same program.
4865
4866Both spellings (@samp{.globl} and @samp{.global}) are accepted, for
4867compatibility with other assemblers.
4868
4869@ifset HPPA
4870On the HPPA, @code{.global} is not always enough to make it accessible to other
4871partial programs. You may need the HPPA-only @code{.EXPORT} directive as well.
96e9638b 4872@xref{HPPA Directives, ,HPPA Assembler Directives}.
252b5132
RH
4873@end ifset
4874
c91d2e08 4875@ifset ELF
3a99f02f
DJ
4876@node Gnu_attribute
4877@section @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
4878Record a @sc{gnu} object attribute for this file. @xref{Object Attributes}.
4879
c91d2e08
NC
4880@node Hidden
4881@section @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4882
c1253627
NC
4883@cindex @code{hidden} directive
4884@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 4885This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 4886@code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal,,@code{.internal}}) and
a349d9dd 4887@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
4888
4889This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
4890their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
4891@code{hidden} which means that the symbols are not visible to other components.
01642c12 4892Such symbols are always considered to be @code{protected} as well.
c91d2e08
NC
4893@end ifset
4894
252b5132
RH
4895@node hword
4896@section @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4897
4898@cindex @code{hword} directive
4899@cindex integers, 16-bit
4900@cindex numbers, 16-bit
4901@cindex sixteen bit integers
4902This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
4903a 16 bit number for each.
4904
4905@ifset GENERIC
4906This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}; depending on the target
4907architecture, it may also be a synonym for @samp{.word}.
4908@end ifset
4909@ifclear GENERIC
4910@ifset W32
4911This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}.
4912@end ifset
4913@ifset W16
4914This directive is a synonym for both @samp{.short} and @samp{.word}.
4915@end ifset
4916@end ifclear
4917
4918@node Ident
4919@section @code{.ident}
4920
4921@cindex @code{ident} directive
cb4c78d6
BE
4922
4923This directive is used by some assemblers to place tags in object files. The
4924behavior of this directive varies depending on the target. When using the
4925a.out object file format, @command{@value{AS}} simply accepts the directive for
4926source-file compatibility with existing assemblers, but does not emit anything
4927for it. When using COFF, comments are emitted to the @code{.comment} or
4928@code{.rdata} section, depending on the target. When using ELF, comments are
4929emitted to the @code{.comment} section.
252b5132
RH
4930
4931@node If
4932@section @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
4933
4934@cindex conditional assembly
4935@cindex @code{if} directive
4936@code{.if} marks the beginning of a section of code which is only
4937considered part of the source program being assembled if the argument
4938(which must be an @var{absolute expression}) is non-zero. The end of
4939the conditional section of code must be marked by @code{.endif}
4940(@pxref{Endif,,@code{.endif}}); optionally, you may include code for the
4941alternative condition, flagged by @code{.else} (@pxref{Else,,@code{.else}}).
3fd9f047
TW
4942If you have several conditions to check, @code{.elseif} may be used to avoid
4943nesting blocks if/else within each subsequent @code{.else} block.
252b5132
RH
4944
4945The following variants of @code{.if} are also supported:
4946@table @code
4947@cindex @code{ifdef} directive
4948@item .ifdef @var{symbol}
4949Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
4950has been defined. Note a symbol which has been referenced but not yet defined
4951is considered to be undefined.
252b5132 4952
26aca5f6
JB
4953@cindex @code{ifb} directive
4954@item .ifb @var{text}
4955Assembles the following section of code if the operand is blank (empty).
4956
252b5132
RH
4957@cindex @code{ifc} directive
4958@item .ifc @var{string1},@var{string2}
4959Assembles the following section of code if the two strings are the same. The
4960strings may be optionally quoted with single quotes. If they are not quoted,
4961the first string stops at the first comma, and the second string stops at the
4962end of the line. Strings which contain whitespace should be quoted. The
4963string comparison is case sensitive.
4964
4965@cindex @code{ifeq} directive
4966@item .ifeq @var{absolute expression}
4967Assembles the following section of code if the argument is zero.
4968
4969@cindex @code{ifeqs} directive
4970@item .ifeqs @var{string1},@var{string2}
4971Another form of @code{.ifc}. The strings must be quoted using double quotes.
4972
4973@cindex @code{ifge} directive
4974@item .ifge @var{absolute expression}
4975Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than or
4976equal to zero.
4977
4978@cindex @code{ifgt} directive
4979@item .ifgt @var{absolute expression}
4980Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than zero.
4981
4982@cindex @code{ifle} directive
4983@item .ifle @var{absolute expression}
4984Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than or equal
4985to zero.
4986
4987@cindex @code{iflt} directive
4988@item .iflt @var{absolute expression}
4989Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than zero.
4990
26aca5f6
JB
4991@cindex @code{ifnb} directive
4992@item .ifnb @var{text}
4993Like @code{.ifb}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
4994following section of code if the operand is non-blank (non-empty).
4995
252b5132
RH
4996@cindex @code{ifnc} directive
4997@item .ifnc @var{string1},@var{string2}.
4998Like @code{.ifc}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
4999following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5000
5001@cindex @code{ifndef} directive
5002@cindex @code{ifnotdef} directive
5003@item .ifndef @var{symbol}
5004@itemx .ifnotdef @var{symbol}
5005Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5006has not been defined. Both spelling variants are equivalent. Note a symbol
5007which has been referenced but not yet defined is considered to be undefined.
252b5132
RH
5008
5009@cindex @code{ifne} directive
5010@item .ifne @var{absolute expression}
5011Assembles the following section of code if the argument is not equal to zero
5012(in other words, this is equivalent to @code{.if}).
5013
5014@cindex @code{ifnes} directive
5015@item .ifnes @var{string1},@var{string2}
5016Like @code{.ifeqs}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5017following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5018@end table
5019
7e005732
NC
5020@node Incbin
5021@section @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
5022
5023@cindex @code{incbin} directive
5024@cindex binary files, including
5025The @code{incbin} directive includes @var{file} verbatim at the current
5026location. You can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line
5027option (@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5028around @var{file}.
5029
5030The @var{skip} argument skips a number of bytes from the start of the
5031@var{file}. The @var{count} argument indicates the maximum number of bytes to
15dcfbc3
NC
5032read. Note that the data is not aligned in any way, so it is the user's
5033responsibility to make sure that proper alignment is provided both before and
5034after the @code{incbin} directive.
7e005732 5035
252b5132
RH
5036@node Include
5037@section @code{.include "@var{file}"}
5038
5039@cindex @code{include} directive
5040@cindex supporting files, including
5041@cindex files, including
5042This directive provides a way to include supporting files at specified
5043points in your source program. The code from @var{file} is assembled as
5044if it followed the point of the @code{.include}; when the end of the
5045included file is reached, assembly of the original file continues. You
5046can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line option
5047(@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5048around @var{file}.
5049
5050@node Int
5051@section @code{.int @var{expressions}}
5052
5053@cindex @code{int} directive
5054@cindex integers, 32-bit
5055Expect zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section, separated by commas.
5056For each expression, emit a number that, at run time, is the value of that
5057expression. The byte order and bit size of the number depends on what kind
5058of target the assembly is for.
5059
5060@ifclear GENERIC
5061@ifset H8
7be1c489 5062On most forms of the H8/300, @code{.int} emits 16-bit
c2dcd04e 5063integers. On the H8/300H and the Renesas SH, however, @code{.int} emits
252b5132
RH
506432-bit integers.
5065@end ifset
5066@end ifclear
5067
c91d2e08
NC
5068@ifset ELF
5069@node Internal
5070@section @code{.internal @var{names}}
5071
c1253627
NC
5072@cindex @code{internal} directive
5073@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5074This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5075@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden,,@code{.hidden}}) and
a349d9dd 5076@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5077
5078This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5079their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5080@code{internal} which means that the symbols are considered to be @code{hidden}
c1253627 5081(i.e., not visible to other components), and that some extra, processor specific
c91d2e08
NC
5082processing must also be performed upon the symbols as well.
5083@end ifset
5084
252b5132
RH
5085@node Irp
5086@section @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5087
5088@cindex @code{irp} directive
5089Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5090The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irp} directive, and is
5091terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each @var{value}, @var{symbol} is
5092set to @var{value}, and the sequence of statements is assembled. If no
5093@var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is assembled once, with
5094@var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to @var{symbol} within the
5095sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5096
5097For example, assembling
5098
5099@example
5100 .irp param,1,2,3
5101 move d\param,sp@@-
5102 .endr
5103@end example
5104
5105is equivalent to assembling
5106
5107@example
5108 move d1,sp@@-
5109 move d2,sp@@-
5110 move d3,sp@@-
5111@end example
5112
96e9638b 5113For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also @ref{Macro}.
5e75c3ab 5114
252b5132
RH
5115@node Irpc
5116@section @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5117
5118@cindex @code{irpc} directive
5119Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5120The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irpc} directive, and is
5121terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each character in @var{value},
5122@var{symbol} is set to the character, and the sequence of statements is
5123assembled. If no @var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is
5124assembled once, with @var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to
5125@var{symbol} within the sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5126
5127For example, assembling
5128
5129@example
5130 .irpc param,123
5131 move d\param,sp@@-
5132 .endr
5133@end example
5134
5135is equivalent to assembling
5136
5137@example
5138 move d1,sp@@-
5139 move d2,sp@@-
5140 move d3,sp@@-
5141@end example
5142
5e75c3ab
JB
5143For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also the discussion
5144at @xref{Macro}.
5145
252b5132
RH
5146@node Lcomm
5147@section @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
5148
5149@cindex @code{lcomm} directive
5150@cindex local common symbols
5151@cindex symbols, local common
5152Reserve @var{length} (an absolute expression) bytes for a local common
5153denoted by @var{symbol}. The section and value of @var{symbol} are
5154those of the new local common. The addresses are allocated in the bss
5155section, so that at run-time the bytes start off zeroed. @var{Symbol}
5156is not declared global (@pxref{Global,,@code{.global}}), so is normally
5157not visible to @code{@value{LD}}.
5158
5159@ifset GENERIC
5160Some targets permit a third argument to be used with @code{.lcomm}. This
5161argument specifies the desired alignment of the symbol in the bss section.
5162@end ifset
5163
5164@ifset HPPA
5165The syntax for @code{.lcomm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
5166@samp{@var{symbol} .lcomm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
5167@end ifset
5168
5169@node Lflags
5170@section @code{.lflags}
5171
5172@cindex @code{lflags} directive (ignored)
a4fb0134 5173@command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive, for compatibility with other
252b5132
RH
5174assemblers, but ignores it.
5175
5176@ifclear no-line-dir
5177@node Line
5178@section @code{.line @var{line-number}}
5179
5180@cindex @code{line} directive
252b5132
RH
5181@cindex logical line number
5182@ifset aout-bout
5183Change the logical line number. @var{line-number} must be an absolute
5184expression. The next line has that logical line number. Therefore any other
5185statements on the current line (after a statement separator character) are
5186reported as on logical line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1. One day
a4fb0134 5187@command{@value{AS}} will no longer support this directive: it is recognized only
252b5132 5188for compatibility with existing assembler programs.
252b5132
RH
5189@end ifset
5190
252b5132 5191Even though this is a directive associated with the @code{a.out} or
a4fb0134 5192@code{b.out} object-code formats, @command{@value{AS}} still recognizes it
252b5132
RH
5193when producing COFF output, and treats @samp{.line} as though it
5194were the COFF @samp{.ln} @emph{if} it is found outside a
5195@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair.
5196
5197Inside a @code{.def}, @samp{.line} is, instead, one of the directives
5198used by compilers to generate auxiliary symbol information for
5199debugging.
5200@end ifclear
5201
5202@node Linkonce
5203@section @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
5204@cindex COMDAT
5205@cindex @code{linkonce} directive
5206@cindex common sections
5207Mark the current section so that the linker only includes a single copy of it.
5208This may be used to include the same section in several different object files,
5209but ensure that the linker will only include it once in the final output file.
5210The @code{.linkonce} pseudo-op must be used for each instance of the section.
5211Duplicate sections are detected based on the section name, so it should be
5212unique.
5213
5214This directive is only supported by a few object file formats; as of this
5215writing, the only object file format which supports it is the Portable
5216Executable format used on Windows NT.
5217
5218The @var{type} argument is optional. If specified, it must be one of the
5219following strings. For example:
5220@smallexample
5221.linkonce same_size
5222@end smallexample
5223Not all types may be supported on all object file formats.
5224
5225@table @code
5226@item discard
5227Silently discard duplicate sections. This is the default.
5228
5229@item one_only
5230Warn if there are duplicate sections, but still keep only one copy.
5231
5232@item same_size
5233Warn if any of the duplicates have different sizes.
5234
5235@item same_contents
5236Warn if any of the duplicates do not have exactly the same contents.
5237@end table
5238
ccf8a69b
BW
5239@node List
5240@section @code{.list}
5241
5242@cindex @code{list} directive
5243@cindex listing control, turning on
5244Control (in conjunction with the @code{.nolist} directive) whether or
5245not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5246internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5247counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5248generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5249
5250By default, listings are disabled. When you enable them (with the
5251@samp{-a} command line option; @pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}),
5252the initial value of the listing counter is one.
5253
252b5132
RH
5254@node Ln
5255@section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
5256
5257@cindex @code{ln} directive
5258@ifclear no-line-dir
5259@samp{.ln} is a synonym for @samp{.line}.
5260@end ifclear
5261@ifset no-line-dir
a4fb0134 5262Tell @command{@value{AS}} to change the logical line number. @var{line-number}
252b5132
RH
5263must be an absolute expression. The next line has that logical
5264line number, so any other statements on the current line (after a
5265statement separator character @code{;}) are reported as on logical
5266line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1.
5267@ifset BOUT
5268
a4fb0134 5269This directive is accepted, but ignored, when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
5270configured for @code{b.out}; its effect is only associated with COFF
5271output format.
5272@end ifset
5273@end ifset
5274
ccf8a69b
BW
5275@node Loc
5276@section @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno} [@var{column}] [@var{options}]}
5277@cindex @code{loc} directive
5278When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5279the @code{.loc} directive will add a row to the @code{.debug_line} line
5280number matrix corresponding to the immediately following assembly
5281instruction. The @var{fileno}, @var{lineno}, and optional @var{column}
5282arguments will be applied to the @code{.debug_line} state machine before
5283the row is added.
252b5132 5284
ccf8a69b
BW
5285The @var{options} are a sequence of the following tokens in any order:
5286
5287@table @code
5288@item basic_block
5289This option will set the @code{basic_block} register in the
5290@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5291
5292@item prologue_end
5293This option will set the @code{prologue_end} register in the
5294@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5295
5296@item epilogue_begin
5297This option will set the @code{epilogue_begin} register in the
5298@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5299
5300@item is_stmt @var{value}
5301This option will set the @code{is_stmt} register in the
01642c12 5302@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{value}, which must be
ccf8a69b
BW
5303either 0 or 1.
5304
5305@item isa @var{value}
5306This directive will set the @code{isa} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5307state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5308
92846e72
CC
5309@item discriminator @var{value}
5310This directive will set the @code{discriminator} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5311state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5312
ccf8a69b
BW
5313@end table
5314
5315@node Loc_mark_labels
5316@section @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
5317@cindex @code{loc_mark_labels} directive
5318When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5319the @code{.loc_mark_labels} directive makes the assembler emit an entry
5320to the @code{.debug_line} line number matrix with the @code{basic_block}
5321register in the state machine set whenever a code label is seen.
5322The @var{enable} argument should be either 1 or 0, to enable or disable
5323this function respectively.
252b5132 5324
4d4175af
BW
5325@ifset ELF
5326@node Local
5327@section @code{.local @var{names}}
5328
5329@cindex @code{local} directive
5330This directive, which is available for ELF targets, marks each symbol in
5331the comma-separated list of @code{names} as a local symbol so that it
5332will not be externally visible. If the symbols do not already exist,
5333they will be created.
5334
5335For targets where the @code{.lcomm} directive (@pxref{Lcomm}) does not
5336accept an alignment argument, which is the case for most ELF targets,
5337the @code{.local} directive can be used in combination with @code{.comm}
5338(@pxref{Comm}) to define aligned local common data.
5339@end ifset
5340
252b5132
RH
5341@node Long
5342@section @code{.long @var{expressions}}
5343
5344@cindex @code{long} directive
96e9638b 5345@code{.long} is the same as @samp{.int}. @xref{Int,,@code{.int}}.
252b5132
RH
5346
5347@ignore
5348@c no one seems to know what this is for or whether this description is
5349@c what it really ought to do
5350@node Lsym
5351@section @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5352
5353@cindex @code{lsym} directive
5354@cindex symbol, not referenced in assembly
5355@code{.lsym} creates a new symbol named @var{symbol}, but does not put it in
5356the hash table, ensuring it cannot be referenced by name during the
5357rest of the assembly. This sets the attributes of the symbol to be
5358the same as the expression value:
5359@smallexample
5360@var{other} = @var{descriptor} = 0
5361@var{type} = @r{(section of @var{expression})}
5362@var{value} = @var{expression}
5363@end smallexample
5364@noindent
5365The new symbol is not flagged as external.
5366@end ignore
5367
5368@node Macro
5369@section @code{.macro}
5370
5371@cindex macros
5372The commands @code{.macro} and @code{.endm} allow you to define macros that
5373generate assembly output. For example, this definition specifies a macro
5374@code{sum} that puts a sequence of numbers into memory:
5375
5376@example
5377 .macro sum from=0, to=5
5378 .long \from
5379 .if \to-\from
5380 sum "(\from+1)",\to
5381 .endif
5382 .endm
5383@end example
5384
5385@noindent
5386With that definition, @samp{SUM 0,5} is equivalent to this assembly input:
5387
5388@example
5389 .long 0
5390 .long 1
5391 .long 2
5392 .long 3
5393 .long 4
5394 .long 5
5395@end example
5396
5397@ftable @code
5398@item .macro @var{macname}
5399@itemx .macro @var{macname} @var{macargs} @dots{}
5400@cindex @code{macro} directive
5401Begin the definition of a macro called @var{macname}. If your macro
5402definition requires arguments, specify their names after the macro name,
6eaeac8a
JB
5403separated by commas or spaces. You can qualify the macro argument to
5404indicate whether all invocations must specify a non-blank value (through
5405@samp{:@code{req}}), or whether it takes all of the remaining arguments
5406(through @samp{:@code{vararg}}). You can supply a default value for any
fffeaa5f
JB
5407macro argument by following the name with @samp{=@var{deflt}}. You
5408cannot define two macros with the same @var{macname} unless it has been
96e9638b 5409subject to the @code{.purgem} directive (@pxref{Purgem}) between the two
fffeaa5f 5410definitions. For example, these are all valid @code{.macro} statements:
252b5132
RH
5411
5412@table @code
5413@item .macro comm
5414Begin the definition of a macro called @code{comm}, which takes no
5415arguments.
5416
6258339f 5417@item .macro plus1 p, p1
252b5132
RH
5418@itemx .macro plus1 p p1
5419Either statement begins the definition of a macro called @code{plus1},
5420which takes two arguments; within the macro definition, write
5421@samp{\p} or @samp{\p1} to evaluate the arguments.
5422
5423@item .macro reserve_str p1=0 p2
5424Begin the definition of a macro called @code{reserve_str}, with two
5425arguments. The first argument has a default value, but not the second.
5426After the definition is complete, you can call the macro either as
5427@samp{reserve_str @var{a},@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating to
5428@var{a} and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}), or as @samp{reserve_str
5429,@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating as the default, in this case
5430@samp{0}, and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}).
252b5132 5431
6eaeac8a
JB
5432@item .macro m p1:req, p2=0, p3:vararg
5433Begin the definition of a macro called @code{m}, with at least three
5434arguments. The first argument must always have a value specified, but
5435not the second, which instead has a default value. The third formal
5436will get assigned all remaining arguments specified at invocation time.
5437
252b5132
RH
5438When you call a macro, you can specify the argument values either by
5439position, or by keyword. For example, @samp{sum 9,17} is equivalent to
5440@samp{sum to=17, from=9}.
5441
6258339f
NC
5442@end table
5443
5e75c3ab
JB
5444Note that since each of the @var{macargs} can be an identifier exactly
5445as any other one permitted by the target architecture, there may be
5446occasional problems if the target hand-crafts special meanings to certain
6258339f 5447characters when they occur in a special position. For example, if the colon
5e75c3ab 5448(@code{:}) is generally permitted to be part of a symbol name, but the
6258339f 5449architecture specific code special-cases it when occurring as the final
5e75c3ab
JB
5450character of a symbol (to denote a label), then the macro parameter
5451replacement code will have no way of knowing that and consider the whole
5452construct (including the colon) an identifier, and check only this
6258339f
NC
5453identifier for being the subject to parameter substitution. So for example
5454this macro definition:
5455
5456@example
5457 .macro label l
5458\l:
5459 .endm
5460@end example
5461
5462might not work as expected. Invoking @samp{label foo} might not create a label
5463called @samp{foo} but instead just insert the text @samp{\l:} into the
5464assembler source, probably generating an error about an unrecognised
5465identifier.
5466
5467Similarly problems might occur with the period character (@samp{.})
5468which is often allowed inside opcode names (and hence identifier names). So
5469for example constructing a macro to build an opcode from a base name and a
5470length specifier like this:
5471
5472@example
5473 .macro opcode base length
5474 \base.\length
5475 .endm
5476@end example
5477
5478and invoking it as @samp{opcode store l} will not create a @samp{store.l}
5479instruction but instead generate some kind of error as the assembler tries to
5480interpret the text @samp{\base.\length}.
5481
5482There are several possible ways around this problem:
5483
5484@table @code
5485@item Insert white space
5486If it is possible to use white space characters then this is the simplest
5487solution. eg:
5488
5489@example
5490 .macro label l
5491\l :
5492 .endm
5493@end example
5494
5495@item Use @samp{\()}
5496The string @samp{\()} can be used to separate the end of a macro argument from
5497the following text. eg:
5498
5499@example
5500 .macro opcode base length
5501 \base\().\length
5502 .endm
5503@end example
5504
5505@item Use the alternate macro syntax mode
5506In the alternative macro syntax mode the ampersand character (@samp{&}) can be
5507used as a separator. eg:
5e75c3ab
JB
5508
5509@example
5510 .altmacro
5511 .macro label l
5512l&:
5513 .endm
5514@end example
6258339f 5515@end table
5e75c3ab 5516
96e9638b 5517Note: this problem of correctly identifying string parameters to pseudo ops
01642c12 5518also applies to the identifiers used in @code{.irp} (@pxref{Irp})
96e9638b 5519and @code{.irpc} (@pxref{Irpc}) as well.
5e75c3ab 5520
252b5132
RH
5521@item .endm
5522@cindex @code{endm} directive
5523Mark the end of a macro definition.
5524
5525@item .exitm
5526@cindex @code{exitm} directive
5527Exit early from the current macro definition.
5528
5529@cindex number of macros executed
5530@cindex macros, count executed
5531@item \@@
a4fb0134 5532@command{@value{AS}} maintains a counter of how many macros it has
252b5132
RH
5533executed in this pseudo-variable; you can copy that number to your
5534output with @samp{\@@}, but @emph{only within a macro definition}.
5535
252b5132
RH
5536@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
5537@emph{Warning: @code{LOCAL} is only available if you select ``alternate
caa32fe5
NC
5538macro syntax'' with @samp{--alternate} or @code{.altmacro}.}
5539@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
5540@end ftable
252b5132 5541
ccf8a69b
BW
5542@node MRI
5543@section @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 5544
ccf8a69b
BW
5545@cindex @code{mri} directive
5546@cindex MRI mode, temporarily
5547If @var{val} is non-zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to enter MRI mode. If
5548@var{val} is zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to exit MRI mode. This change
5549affects code assembled until the next @code{.mri} directive, or until the end
5550of the file. @xref{M, MRI mode, MRI mode}.
252b5132 5551
caa32fe5
NC
5552@node Noaltmacro
5553@section @code{.noaltmacro}
96e9638b 5554Disable alternate macro mode. @xref{Altmacro}.
caa32fe5 5555
252b5132
RH
5556@node Nolist
5557@section @code{.nolist}
5558
5559@cindex @code{nolist} directive
5560@cindex listing control, turning off
5561Control (in conjunction with the @code{.list} directive) whether or
5562not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5563internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5564counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5565generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5566
5567@node Octa
5568@section @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
5569
5570@c FIXME: double size emitted for "octa" on i960, others? Or warn?
5571@cindex @code{octa} directive
5572@cindex integer, 16-byte
5573@cindex sixteen byte integer
5574This directive expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For each
5575bignum, it emits a 16-byte integer.
5576
5577The term ``octa'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
5578hence @emph{octa}-word for 16 bytes.
5579
9aec2026
NC
5580@node Offset
5581@section @code{.offset @var{loc}}
5582
5583@cindex @code{offset} directive
5584Set the location counter to @var{loc} in the absolute section. @var{loc} must
5585be an absolute expression. This directive may be useful for defining
5586symbols with absolute values. Do not confuse it with the @code{.org}
fa94de6b 5587directive.
9aec2026 5588
252b5132
RH
5589@node Org
5590@section @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}}
5591
5592@cindex @code{org} directive
5593@cindex location counter, advancing
5594@cindex advancing location counter
5595@cindex current address, advancing
5596Advance the location counter of the current section to
5597@var{new-lc}. @var{new-lc} is either an absolute expression or an
5598expression with the same section as the current subsection. That is,
5599you can't use @code{.org} to cross sections: if @var{new-lc} has the
5600wrong section, the @code{.org} directive is ignored. To be compatible
5601with former assemblers, if the section of @var{new-lc} is absolute,
a4fb0134 5602@command{@value{AS}} issues a warning, then pretends the section of @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5603is the same as the current subsection.
5604
5605@code{.org} may only increase the location counter, or leave it
5606unchanged; you cannot use @code{.org} to move the location counter
5607backwards.
5608
5609@c double negative used below "not undefined" because this is a specific
5610@c reference to "undefined" (as SEG_UNKNOWN is called in this manual)
5611@c section. doc@cygnus.com 18feb91
a4fb0134 5612Because @command{@value{AS}} tries to assemble programs in one pass, @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5613may not be undefined. If you really detest this restriction we eagerly await
5614a chance to share your improved assembler.
5615
5616Beware that the origin is relative to the start of the section, not
5617to the start of the subsection. This is compatible with other
5618people's assemblers.
5619
5620When the location counter (of the current subsection) is advanced, the
5621intervening bytes are filled with @var{fill} which should be an
5622absolute expression. If the comma and @var{fill} are omitted,
5623@var{fill} defaults to zero.
5624
5625@node P2align
5626@section @code{.p2align[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
5627
5628@cindex padding the location counter given a power of two
5629@cindex @code{p2align} directive
5630Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
5631storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
5632number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
5633advancement. For example @samp{.p2align 3} advances the location
5634counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
5635multiple of 8, no change is needed.
5636
5637The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
5638padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
5639padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
5640marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
5641with no-op instructions.
5642
5643The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
5644it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
5645directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
5646specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
5647fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
5648required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
5649with no-op instructions when appropriate.
5650
5651@cindex @code{p2alignw} directive
5652@cindex @code{p2alignl} directive
5653The @code{.p2alignw} and @code{.p2alignl} directives are variants of the
5654@code{.p2align} directive. The @code{.p2alignw} directive treats the fill
5655pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.p2alignl} directives treats the
5656fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.p2alignw
56572,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
5658filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
5659the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
5660undefined.
5661
ccf8a69b
BW
5662@ifset ELF
5663@node PopSection
5664@section @code{.popsection}
5665
5666@cindex @code{popsection} directive
5667@cindex Section Stack
5668This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
5669@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5670@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.previous}
ccf8a69b
BW
5671(@pxref{Previous}).
5672
5673This directive replaces the current section (and subsection) with the top
5674section (and subsection) on the section stack. This section is popped off the
01642c12 5675stack.
ccf8a69b
BW
5676@end ifset
5677
c91d2e08
NC
5678@ifset ELF
5679@node Previous
5680@section @code{.previous}
5681
c1253627 5682@cindex @code{previous} directive
c91d2e08
NC
5683@cindex Section Stack
5684This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
5685@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5686@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.popsection}
5687(@pxref{PopSection}).
c91d2e08
NC
5688
5689This directive swaps the current section (and subsection) with most recently
8b040e0a 5690referenced section/subsection pair prior to this one. Multiple
c91d2e08 5691@code{.previous} directives in a row will flip between two sections (and their
8b040e0a
NC
5692subsections). For example:
5693
5694@smallexample
5695.section A
5696 .subsection 1
5697 .word 0x1234
5698 .subsection 2
5699 .word 0x5678
5700.previous
5701 .word 0x9abc
5702@end smallexample
5703
5704Will place 0x1234 and 0x9abc into subsection 1 and 0x5678 into subsection 2 of
5705section A. Whilst:
5706
5707@smallexample
5708.section A
5709.subsection 1
5710 # Now in section A subsection 1
5711 .word 0x1234
5712.section B
5713.subsection 0
5714 # Now in section B subsection 0
5715 .word 0x5678
5716.subsection 1
5717 # Now in section B subsection 1
5718 .word 0x9abc
5719.previous
5720 # Now in section B subsection 0
5721 .word 0xdef0
5722@end smallexample
5723
5724Will place 0x1234 into section A, 0x5678 and 0xdef0 into subsection 0 of
5725section B and 0x9abc into subsection 1 of section B.
c91d2e08
NC
5726
5727In terms of the section stack, this directive swaps the current section with
5728the top section on the section stack.
5729@end ifset
5730
252b5132
RH
5731@node Print
5732@section @code{.print @var{string}}
5733
5734@cindex @code{print} directive
a4fb0134 5735@command{@value{AS}} will print @var{string} on the standard output during
252b5132
RH
5736assembly. You must put @var{string} in double quotes.
5737
c91d2e08
NC
5738@ifset ELF
5739@node Protected
5740@section @code{.protected @var{names}}
5741
c1253627
NC
5742@cindex @code{protected} directive
5743@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5744This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd 5745@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden}) and @code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal}).
c91d2e08
NC
5746
5747This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5748their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5749@code{protected} which means that any references to the symbols from within the
5750components that defines them must be resolved to the definition in that
5751component, even if a definition in another component would normally preempt
01642c12 5752this.
c91d2e08
NC
5753@end ifset
5754
252b5132
RH
5755@node Psize
5756@section @code{.psize @var{lines} , @var{columns}}
5757
5758@cindex @code{psize} directive
5759@cindex listing control: paper size
5760@cindex paper size, for listings
5761Use this directive to declare the number of lines---and, optionally, the
5762number of columns---to use for each page, when generating listings.
5763
5764If you do not use @code{.psize}, listings use a default line-count
5765of 60. You may omit the comma and @var{columns} specification; the
5766default width is 200 columns.
5767
a4fb0134 5768@command{@value{AS}} generates formfeeds whenever the specified number of
252b5132
RH
5769lines is exceeded (or whenever you explicitly request one, using
5770@code{.eject}).
5771
5772If you specify @var{lines} as @code{0}, no formfeeds are generated save
5773those explicitly specified with @code{.eject}.
5774
5775@node Purgem
5776@section @code{.purgem @var{name}}
5777
5778@cindex @code{purgem} directive
5779Undefine the macro @var{name}, so that later uses of the string will not be
5780expanded. @xref{Macro}.
5781
c91d2e08
NC
5782@ifset ELF
5783@node PushSection
9cfc3331 5784@section @code{.pushsection @var{name} [, @var{subsection}] [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{arguments}]]]}
c91d2e08 5785
c1253627 5786@cindex @code{pushsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
5787@cindex Section Stack
5788This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
5789@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5790@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 5791(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 5792
e9863d7f
DJ
5793This directive pushes the current section (and subsection) onto the
5794top of the section stack, and then replaces the current section and
9cfc3331
L
5795subsection with @code{name} and @code{subsection}. The optional
5796@code{flags}, @code{type} and @code{arguments} are treated the same
5797as in the @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}) directive.
c91d2e08
NC
5798@end ifset
5799
252b5132
RH
5800@node Quad
5801@section @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
5802
5803@cindex @code{quad} directive
5804@code{.quad} expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For
5805each bignum, it emits
5806@ifclear bignum-16
5807an 8-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 8 bytes, it prints a
5808warning message; and just takes the lowest order 8 bytes of the bignum.
5809@cindex eight-byte integer
5810@cindex integer, 8-byte
5811
5812The term ``quad'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
5813hence @emph{quad}-word for 8 bytes.
5814@end ifclear
5815@ifset bignum-16
5816a 16-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 16 bytes, it prints a
5817warning message; and just takes the lowest order 16 bytes of the bignum.
5818@cindex sixteen-byte integer
5819@cindex integer, 16-byte
5820@end ifset
5821
05e9452c
AM
5822@node Reloc
5823@section @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
5824
5825@cindex @code{reloc} directive
5826Generate a relocation at @var{offset} of type @var{reloc_name} with value
5827@var{expression}. If @var{offset} is a number, the relocation is generated in
5828the current section. If @var{offset} is an expression that resolves to a
5829symbol plus offset, the relocation is generated in the given symbol's section.
5830@var{expression}, if present, must resolve to a symbol plus addend or to an
5831absolute value, but note that not all targets support an addend. e.g. ELF REL
5832targets such as i386 store an addend in the section contents rather than in the
5833relocation. This low level interface does not support addends stored in the
5834section.
5835
252b5132
RH
5836@node Rept
5837@section @code{.rept @var{count}}
5838
5839@cindex @code{rept} directive
5840Repeat the sequence of lines between the @code{.rept} directive and the next
5841@code{.endr} directive @var{count} times.
5842
5843For example, assembling
5844
5845@example
5846 .rept 3
5847 .long 0
5848 .endr
5849@end example
5850
5851is equivalent to assembling
5852
5853@example
5854 .long 0
5855 .long 0
5856 .long 0
5857@end example
5858
5859@node Sbttl
5860@section @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
5861
5862@cindex @code{sbttl} directive
5863@cindex subtitles for listings
5864@cindex listing control: subtitle
5865Use @var{subheading} as the title (third line, immediately after the
5866title line) when generating assembly listings.
5867
5868This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
5869it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
5870
5871@ifset COFF
5872@node Scl
5873@section @code{.scl @var{class}}
5874
5875@cindex @code{scl} directive
5876@cindex symbol storage class (COFF)
5877@cindex COFF symbol storage class
5878Set the storage-class value for a symbol. This directive may only be
5879used inside a @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair. Storage class may flag
5880whether a symbol is static or external, or it may record further
5881symbolic debugging information.
5882@ifset BOUT
5883
5884The @samp{.scl} directive is primarily associated with COFF output; when
a4fb0134 5885configured to generate @code{b.out} output format, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
5886accepts this directive but ignores it.
5887@end ifset
5888@end ifset
5889
c1253627 5890@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 5891@node Section
c1253627 5892@section @code{.section @var{name}}
252b5132 5893
252b5132
RH
5894@cindex named section
5895Use the @code{.section} directive to assemble the following code into a section
5896named @var{name}.
5897
5898This directive is only supported for targets that actually support arbitrarily
5899named sections; on @code{a.out} targets, for example, it is not accepted, even
5900with a standard @code{a.out} section name.
5901
c1253627
NC
5902@ifset COFF
5903@ifset ELF
5904@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
5905@subheading COFF Version
5906@end ifset
5907
5908@cindex @code{section} directive (COFF version)
252b5132
RH
5909For COFF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used in one of the following
5910ways:
c91d2e08 5911
252b5132
RH
5912@smallexample
5913.section @var{name}[, "@var{flags}"]
4e188d17 5914.section @var{name}[, @var{subsection}]
252b5132
RH
5915@end smallexample
5916
5917If the optional argument is quoted, it is taken as flags to use for the
5918section. Each flag is a single character. The following flags are recognized:
5919@table @code
5920@item b
5921bss section (uninitialized data)
5922@item n
5923section is not loaded
5924@item w
5925writable section
5926@item d
5927data section
5928@item r
5929read-only section
5930@item x
5931executable section
2dcc60be
ILT
5932@item s
5933shared section (meaningful for PE targets)
6ff96af6
NC
5934@item a
5935ignored. (For compatibility with the ELF version)
63ad59ae
KT
5936@item y
5937section is not readable (meaningful for PE targets)
31907d5e
DK
5938@item 0-9
5939single-digit power-of-two section alignment (GNU extension)
252b5132
RH
5940@end table
5941
5942If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
5943the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to be
7e84d676
NC
5944loaded and writable. Note the @code{n} and @code{w} flags remove attributes
5945from the section, rather than adding them, so if they are used on their own it
5946will be as if no flags had been specified at all.
252b5132
RH
5947
5948If the optional argument to the @code{.section} directive is not quoted, it is
4e188d17 5949taken as a subsection number (@pxref{Sub-Sections}).
c1253627 5950@end ifset
252b5132
RH
5951
5952@ifset ELF
c1253627
NC
5953@ifset COFF
5954@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
5955@subheading ELF Version
5956@end ifset
5957
c91d2e08
NC
5958@cindex Section Stack
5959This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12 5960@code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}), @code{.pushsection}
a349d9dd
PB
5961(@pxref{PushSection}), @code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and
5962@code{.previous} (@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 5963
c1253627 5964@cindex @code{section} directive (ELF version)
252b5132 5965For ELF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 5966
252b5132 5967@smallexample
7047dd1e 5968.section @var{name} [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{flag_specific_arguments}]]]
252b5132 5969@end smallexample
c91d2e08 5970
252b5132 5971The optional @var{flags} argument is a quoted string which may contain any
a349d9dd 5972combination of the following characters:
252b5132
RH
5973@table @code
5974@item a
5975section is allocatable
18ae9cc1
L
5976@item e
5977section is excluded from executable and shared library.
252b5132
RH
5978@item w
5979section is writable
5980@item x
5981section is executable
ec38dd05
JJ
5982@item M
5983section is mergeable
5984@item S
5985section contains zero terminated strings
22fe14ad
NC
5986@item G
5987section is a member of a section group
5988@item T
5989section is used for thread-local-storage
01642c12
RM
5990@item ?
5991section is a member of the previously-current section's group, if any
252b5132
RH
5992@end table
5993
5994The optional @var{type} argument may contain one of the following constants:
5995@table @code
5996@item @@progbits
5997section contains data
5998@item @@nobits
5999section does not contain data (i.e., section only occupies space)
22fe14ad
NC
6000@item @@note
6001section contains data which is used by things other than the program
10b016c2
PB
6002@item @@init_array
6003section contains an array of pointers to init functions
6004@item @@fini_array
6005section contains an array of pointers to finish functions
6006@item @@preinit_array
6007section contains an array of pointers to pre-init functions
252b5132
RH
6008@end table
6009
10b016c2
PB
6010Many targets only support the first three section types.
6011
ececec60
NC
6012Note on targets where the @code{@@} character is the start of a comment (eg
6013ARM) then another character is used instead. For example the ARM port uses the
6014@code{%} character.
6015
22fe14ad 6016If @var{flags} contains the @code{M} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
96e9638b 6017be specified as well as an extra argument---@var{entsize}---like this:
22fe14ad
NC
6018
6019@smallexample
6020.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"M, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}
6021@end smallexample
6022
6023Sections with the @code{M} flag but not @code{S} flag must contain fixed size
6024constants, each @var{entsize} octets long. Sections with both @code{M} and
6025@code{S} must contain zero terminated strings where each character is
6026@var{entsize} bytes long. The linker may remove duplicates within sections with
6027the same name, same entity size and same flags. @var{entsize} must be an
90dce00a
AM
6028absolute expression. For sections with both @code{M} and @code{S}, a string
6029which is a suffix of a larger string is considered a duplicate. Thus
6030@code{"def"} will be merged with @code{"abcdef"}; A reference to the first
6031@code{"def"} will be changed to a reference to @code{"abcdef"+3}.
22fe14ad
NC
6032
6033If @var{flags} contains the @code{G} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
6034be present along with an additional field like this:
6035
6036@smallexample
6037.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"G, @@@var{type}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6038@end smallexample
6039
6040The @var{GroupName} field specifies the name of the section group to which this
6041particular section belongs. The optional linkage field can contain:
6042@table @code
6043@item comdat
6044indicates that only one copy of this section should be retained
6045@item .gnu.linkonce
6046an alias for comdat
6047@end table
6048
96e9638b 6049Note: if both the @var{M} and @var{G} flags are present then the fields for
22fe14ad
NC
6050the Merge flag should come first, like this:
6051
6052@smallexample
6053.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"MG, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6054@end smallexample
ec38dd05 6055
01642c12
RM
6056If @var{flags} contains the @code{?} symbol then it may not also contain the
6057@code{G} symbol and the @var{GroupName} or @var{linkage} fields should not be
6058present. Instead, @code{?} says to consider the section that's current before
6059this directive. If that section used @code{G}, then the new section will use
6060@code{G} with those same @var{GroupName} and @var{linkage} fields implicitly.
6061If not, then the @code{?} symbol has no effect.
6062
252b5132
RH
6063If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6064the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to have
6065none of the above flags: it will not be allocated in memory, nor writable, nor
6066executable. The section will contain data.
6067
6068For ELF targets, the assembler supports another type of @code{.section}
6069directive for compatibility with the Solaris assembler:
c91d2e08 6070
252b5132
RH
6071@smallexample
6072.section "@var{name}"[, @var{flags}...]
6073@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6074
252b5132
RH
6075Note that the section name is quoted. There may be a sequence of comma
6076separated flags:
6077@table @code
6078@item #alloc
6079section is allocatable
6080@item #write
6081section is writable
6082@item #execinstr
6083section is executable
18ae9cc1
L
6084@item #exclude
6085section is excluded from executable and shared library.
22fe14ad
NC
6086@item #tls
6087section is used for thread local storage
252b5132 6088@end table
c91d2e08 6089
e9863d7f
DJ
6090This directive replaces the current section and subsection. See the
6091contents of the gas testsuite directory @code{gas/testsuite/gas/elf} for
6092some examples of how this directive and the other section stack directives
6093work.
c1253627
NC
6094@end ifset
6095@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6096
6097@node Set
6098@section @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
6099
6100@cindex @code{set} directive
6101@cindex symbol value, setting
6102Set the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}. This
6103changes @var{symbol}'s value and type to conform to
6104@var{expression}. If @var{symbol} was flagged as external, it remains
6105flagged (@pxref{Symbol Attributes}).
6106
6107You may @code{.set} a symbol many times in the same assembly.
6108
6109If you @code{.set} a global symbol, the value stored in the object
6110file is the last value stored into it.
6111
3c9b82ba
NC
6112@ifset Z80
6113On Z80 @code{set} is a real instruction, use
6114@samp{@var{symbol} defl @var{expression}} instead.
6115@end ifset
6116
252b5132
RH
6117@node Short
6118@section @code{.short @var{expressions}}
6119
6120@cindex @code{short} directive
6121@ifset GENERIC
6122@code{.short} is normally the same as @samp{.word}.
6123@xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6124
6125In some configurations, however, @code{.short} and @code{.word} generate
96e9638b 6126numbers of different lengths. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6127@end ifset
6128@ifclear GENERIC
6129@ifset W16
6130@code{.short} is the same as @samp{.word}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6131@end ifset
6132@ifset W32
6133This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
6134a 16 bit number for each.
6135@end ifset
6136@end ifclear
6137
6138@node Single
6139@section @code{.single @var{flonums}}
6140
6141@cindex @code{single} directive
6142@cindex floating point numbers (single)
6143This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
6144has the same effect as @code{.float}.
6145@ifset GENERIC
6146The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 6147@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6148@end ifset
6149@ifclear GENERIC
6150@ifset IEEEFLOAT
6151On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.single} emits 32-bit floating point
6152numbers in @sc{ieee} format.
6153@end ifset
6154@end ifclear
6155
c1253627 6156@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6157@node Size
c1253627 6158@section @code{.size}
c91d2e08 6159
c1253627
NC
6160This directive is used to set the size associated with a symbol.
6161
6162@ifset COFF
6163@ifset ELF
6164@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6165@subheading COFF Version
6166@end ifset
6167
6168@cindex @code{size} directive (COFF version)
6169For COFF targets, the @code{.size} directive is only permitted inside
6170@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6171
6172@smallexample
6173.size @var{expression}
6174@end smallexample
252b5132 6175
c91d2e08 6176@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6177@samp{.size} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6178@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6179ignores it.
6180@end ifset
c1253627 6181@end ifset
c91d2e08 6182
c1253627
NC
6183@ifset ELF
6184@ifset COFF
6185@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6186@subheading ELF Version
6187@end ifset
6188
6189@cindex @code{size} directive (ELF version)
6190For ELF targets, the @code{.size} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6191
c1253627
NC
6192@smallexample
6193.size @var{name} , @var{expression}
6194@end smallexample
6195
6196This directive sets the size associated with a symbol @var{name}.
c91d2e08
NC
6197The size in bytes is computed from @var{expression} which can make use of label
6198arithmetic. This directive is typically used to set the size of function
6199symbols.
c1253627
NC
6200@end ifset
6201@end ifset
252b5132 6202
252b5132
RH
6203@ifclear no-space-dir
6204@node Skip
6205@section @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6206
6207@cindex @code{skip} directive
6208@cindex filling memory
6209This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6210@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma and
6211@var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same as
6212@samp{.space}.
884f0d36 6213@end ifclear
252b5132 6214
ccf8a69b
BW
6215@node Sleb128
6216@section @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
6217
6218@cindex @code{sleb128} directive
01642c12 6219@var{sleb128} stands for ``signed little endian base 128.'' This is a
ccf8a69b
BW
6220compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
6221symbolic debugging format. @xref{Uleb128, ,@code{.uleb128}}.
6222
884f0d36 6223@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132
RH
6224@node Space
6225@section @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6226
6227@cindex @code{space} directive
6228@cindex filling memory
6229This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6230@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma
6231and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same
6232as @samp{.skip}.
6233
6234@ifset HPPA
6235@quotation
6236@emph{Warning:} @code{.space} has a completely different meaning for HPPA
6237targets; use @code{.block} as a substitute. See @cite{HP9000 Series 800
6238Assembly Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) for the meaning of the
6239@code{.space} directive. @xref{HPPA Directives,,HPPA Assembler Directives},
6240for a summary.
6241@end quotation
6242@end ifset
6243@end ifclear
6244
252b5132
RH
6245@ifset have-stabs
6246@node Stab
6247@section @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
6248
6249@cindex symbolic debuggers, information for
6250@cindex @code{stab@var{x}} directives
6251There are three directives that begin @samp{.stab}.
6252All emit symbols (@pxref{Symbols}), for use by symbolic debuggers.
a4fb0134 6253The symbols are not entered in the @command{@value{AS}} hash table: they
252b5132
RH
6254cannot be referenced elsewhere in the source file.
6255Up to five fields are required:
6256
6257@table @var
6258@item string
6259This is the symbol's name. It may contain any character except
6260@samp{\000}, so is more general than ordinary symbol names. Some
6261debuggers used to code arbitrarily complex structures into symbol names
6262using this field.
6263
6264@item type
6265An absolute expression. The symbol's type is set to the low 8 bits of
6266this expression. Any bit pattern is permitted, but @code{@value{LD}}
6267and debuggers choke on silly bit patterns.
6268
6269@item other
6270An absolute expression. The symbol's ``other'' attribute is set to the
6271low 8 bits of this expression.
6272
6273@item desc
6274An absolute expression. The symbol's descriptor is set to the low 16
6275bits of this expression.
6276
6277@item value
6278An absolute expression which becomes the symbol's value.
6279@end table
6280
6281If a warning is detected while reading a @code{.stabd}, @code{.stabn},
6282or @code{.stabs} statement, the symbol has probably already been created;
6283you get a half-formed symbol in your object file. This is
6284compatible with earlier assemblers!
6285
6286@table @code
6287@cindex @code{stabd} directive
6288@item .stabd @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc}
6289
6290The ``name'' of the symbol generated is not even an empty string.
6291It is a null pointer, for compatibility. Older assemblers used a
6292null pointer so they didn't waste space in object files with empty
6293strings.
6294
6295The symbol's value is set to the location counter,
6296relocatably. When your program is linked, the value of this symbol
6297is the address of the location counter when the @code{.stabd} was
6298assembled.
6299
6300@cindex @code{stabn} directive
6301@item .stabn @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6302The name of the symbol is set to the empty string @code{""}.
6303
6304@cindex @code{stabs} directive
6305@item .stabs @var{string} , @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6306All five fields are specified.
6307@end table
6308@end ifset
6309@c end have-stabs
6310
6311@node String
38a57ae7 6312@section @code{.string} "@var{str}", @code{.string8} "@var{str}", @code{.string16}
01642c12 6313"@var{str}", @code{.string32} "@var{str}", @code{.string64} "@var{str}"
252b5132
RH
6314
6315@cindex string, copying to object file
38a57ae7
NC
6316@cindex string8, copying to object file
6317@cindex string16, copying to object file
6318@cindex string32, copying to object file
6319@cindex string64, copying to object file
252b5132 6320@cindex @code{string} directive
38a57ae7
NC
6321@cindex @code{string8} directive
6322@cindex @code{string16} directive
6323@cindex @code{string32} directive
6324@cindex @code{string64} directive
252b5132
RH
6325
6326Copy the characters in @var{str} to the object file. You may specify more than
6327one string to copy, separated by commas. Unless otherwise specified for a
6328particular machine, the assembler marks the end of each string with a 0 byte.
6329You can use any of the escape sequences described in @ref{Strings,,Strings}.
6330
01642c12 6331The variants @code{string16}, @code{string32} and @code{string64} differ from
38a57ae7
NC
6332the @code{string} pseudo opcode in that each 8-bit character from @var{str} is
6333copied and expanded to 16, 32 or 64 bits respectively. The expanded characters
6334are stored in target endianness byte order.
6335
6336Example:
6337@smallexample
6338 .string32 "BYE"
6339expands to:
6340 .string "B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E\0\0\0" /* On little endian targets. */
6341 .string "\0\0\0B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E" /* On big endian targets. */
6342@end smallexample
6343
6344
252b5132
RH
6345@node Struct
6346@section @code{.struct @var{expression}}
6347
6348@cindex @code{struct} directive
6349Switch to the absolute section, and set the section offset to @var{expression},
6350which must be an absolute expression. You might use this as follows:
6351@smallexample
6352 .struct 0
6353field1:
6354 .struct field1 + 4
6355field2:
6356 .struct field2 + 4
6357field3:
6358@end smallexample
6359This would define the symbol @code{field1} to have the value 0, the symbol
6360@code{field2} to have the value 4, and the symbol @code{field3} to have the
6361value 8. Assembly would be left in the absolute section, and you would need to
6362use a @code{.section} directive of some sort to change to some other section
6363before further assembly.
6364
c91d2e08
NC
6365@ifset ELF
6366@node SubSection
6367@section @code{.subsection @var{name}}
6368
c1253627 6369@cindex @code{subsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6370@cindex Section Stack
6371This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6372@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}),
6373@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6374(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08
NC
6375
6376This directive replaces the current subsection with @code{name}. The current
6377section is not changed. The replaced subsection is put onto the section stack
6378in place of the then current top of stack subsection.
c91d2e08
NC
6379@end ifset
6380
252b5132
RH
6381@ifset ELF
6382@node Symver
6383@section @code{.symver}
6384@cindex @code{symver} directive
6385@cindex symbol versioning
6386@cindex versions of symbols
6387Use the @code{.symver} directive to bind symbols to specific version nodes
6388within a source file. This is only supported on ELF platforms, and is
6389typically used when assembling files to be linked into a shared library.
6390There are cases where it may make sense to use this in objects to be bound
6391into an application itself so as to override a versioned symbol from a
6392shared library.
6393
79082ff0 6394For ELF targets, the @code{.symver} directive can be used like this:
252b5132
RH
6395@smallexample
6396.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@nodename}
6397@end smallexample
339681c0 6398If the symbol @var{name} is defined within the file
79082ff0 6399being assembled, the @code{.symver} directive effectively creates a symbol
252b5132
RH
6400alias with the name @var{name2@@nodename}, and in fact the main reason that we
6401just don't try and create a regular alias is that the @var{@@} character isn't
6402permitted in symbol names. The @var{name2} part of the name is the actual name
6403of the symbol by which it will be externally referenced. The name @var{name}
6404itself is merely a name of convenience that is used so that it is possible to
6405have definitions for multiple versions of a function within a single source
6406file, and so that the compiler can unambiguously know which version of a
6407function is being mentioned. The @var{nodename} portion of the alias should be
6408the name of a node specified in the version script supplied to the linker when
6409building a shared library. If you are attempting to override a versioned
6410symbol from a shared library, then @var{nodename} should correspond to the
6411nodename of the symbol you are trying to override.
339681c0
L
6412
6413If the symbol @var{name} is not defined within the file being assembled, all
6414references to @var{name} will be changed to @var{name2@@nodename}. If no
6415reference to @var{name} is made, @var{name2@@nodename} will be removed from the
6416symbol table.
79082ff0
L
6417
6418Another usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6419@smallexample
6420.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@nodename}
6421@end smallexample
6422In this case, the symbol @var{name} must exist and be defined within
a349d9dd 6423the file being assembled. It is similar to @var{name2@@nodename}. The
79082ff0
L
6424difference is @var{name2@@@@nodename} will also be used to resolve
6425references to @var{name2} by the linker.
6426
6427The third usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6428@smallexample
6429.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@@@nodename}
6430@end smallexample
6431When @var{name} is not defined within the
6432file being assembled, it is treated as @var{name2@@nodename}. When
6433@var{name} is defined within the file being assembled, the symbol
6434name, @var{name}, will be changed to @var{name2@@@@nodename}.
252b5132
RH
6435@end ifset
6436
6437@ifset COFF
6438@node Tag
6439@section @code{.tag @var{structname}}
6440
6441@cindex COFF structure debugging
6442@cindex structure debugging, COFF
6443@cindex @code{tag} directive
6444This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
6445information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
6446@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. Tags are used to link structure
6447definitions in the symbol table with instances of those structures.
6448@ifset BOUT
6449
6450@samp{.tag} is only used when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6451@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6452ignores it.
6453@end ifset
6454@end ifset
6455
6456@node Text
6457@section @code{.text @var{subsection}}
6458
6459@cindex @code{text} directive
a4fb0134 6460Tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the end of
252b5132
RH
6461the text subsection numbered @var{subsection}, which is an absolute
6462expression. If @var{subsection} is omitted, subsection number zero
6463is used.
6464
6465@node Title
6466@section @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
6467
6468@cindex @code{title} directive
6469@cindex listing control: title line
6470Use @var{heading} as the title (second line, immediately after the
6471source file name and pagenumber) when generating assembly listings.
6472
6473This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6474it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6475
c1253627 6476@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6477@node Type
c1253627
NC
6478@section @code{.type}
6479
6480This directive is used to set the type of a symbol.
6481
6482@ifset COFF
6483@ifset ELF
6484@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6485@subheading COFF Version
6486@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6487
6488@cindex COFF symbol type
6489@cindex symbol type, COFF
c1253627
NC
6490@cindex @code{type} directive (COFF version)
6491For COFF targets, this directive is permitted only within
6492@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6493
6494@smallexample
6495.type @var{int}
6496@end smallexample
6497
6498This records the integer @var{int} as the type attribute of a symbol table
6499entry.
252b5132 6500
c91d2e08 6501@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6502@samp{.type} is associated only with COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6503@command{@value{AS}} is configured for @code{b.out} output, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
6504directive but ignores it.
6505@end ifset
c1253627 6506@end ifset
c91d2e08 6507
c1253627
NC
6508@ifset ELF
6509@ifset COFF
6510@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6511@subheading ELF Version
6512@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6513
6514@cindex ELF symbol type
6515@cindex symbol type, ELF
c1253627
NC
6516@cindex @code{type} directive (ELF version)
6517For ELF targets, the @code{.type} directive is used like this:
6518
6519@smallexample
6520.type @var{name} , @var{type description}
6521@end smallexample
6522
6523This sets the type of symbol @var{name} to be either a
a349d9dd 6524function symbol or an object symbol. There are five different syntaxes
c91d2e08 6525supported for the @var{type description} field, in order to provide
28c9d252 6526compatibility with various other assemblers.
58ab4f3d
MM
6527
6528Because some of the characters used in these syntaxes (such as @samp{@@} and
6529@samp{#}) are comment characters for some architectures, some of the syntaxes
6530below do not work on all architectures. The first variant will be accepted by
6531the GNU assembler on all architectures so that variant should be used for
6532maximum portability, if you do not need to assemble your code with other
6533assemblers.
6534
6535The syntaxes supported are:
c91d2e08
NC
6536
6537@smallexample
5671778d
NC
6538 .type <name> STT_<TYPE_IN_UPPER_CASE>
6539 .type <name>,#<type>
6540 .type <name>,@@<type>
e7c33416 6541 .type <name>,%<type>
5671778d
NC
6542 .type <name>,"<type>"
6543@end smallexample
6544
6545The types supported are:
58ab4f3d 6546
5671778d
NC
6547@table @gcctabopt
6548@item STT_FUNC
6549@itemx function
6550Mark the symbol as being a function name.
c91d2e08 6551
d8045f23
NC
6552@item STT_GNU_IFUNC
6553@itemx gnu_indirect_function
6554Mark the symbol as an indirect function when evaluated during reloc
9c55345c 6555processing. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU systems).
d8045f23 6556
5671778d
NC
6557@item STT_OBJECT
6558@itemx object
6559Mark the symbol as being a data object.
6560
6561@item STT_TLS
6562@itemx tls_object
6563Mark the symbol as being a thead-local data object.
6564
6565@item STT_COMMON
6566@itemx common
6567Mark the symbol as being a common data object.
e7c33416
NC
6568
6569@item STT_NOTYPE
6570@itemx notype
6571Does not mark the symbol in any way. It is supported just for completeness.
6572
3e7a7d11
NC
6573@item gnu_unique_object
6574Marks the symbol as being a globally unique data object. The dynamic linker
6575will make sure that in the entire process there is just one symbol with this
9c55345c
TS
6576name and type in use. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU
6577systems).
3e7a7d11 6578
5671778d
NC
6579@end table
6580
6581Note: Some targets support extra types in addition to those listed above.
c91d2e08 6582
c1253627
NC
6583@end ifset
6584@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6585
6586@node Uleb128
6587@section @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
6588
6589@cindex @code{uleb128} directive
01642c12 6590@var{uleb128} stands for ``unsigned little endian base 128.'' This is a
c91d2e08 6591compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
96e9638b 6592symbolic debugging format. @xref{Sleb128, ,@code{.sleb128}}.
252b5132
RH
6593
6594@ifset COFF
6595@node Val
6596@section @code{.val @var{addr}}
6597
6598@cindex @code{val} directive
6599@cindex COFF value attribute
6600@cindex value attribute, COFF
6601This directive, permitted only within @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs,
6602records the address @var{addr} as the value attribute of a symbol table
6603entry.
6604@ifset BOUT
6605
a4fb0134 6606@samp{.val} is used only for COFF output; when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
6607configured for @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but ignores it.
6608@end ifset
6609@end ifset
6610
2e13b764 6611@ifset ELF
c91d2e08
NC
6612@node Version
6613@section @code{.version "@var{string}"}
2e13b764 6614
c1253627 6615@cindex @code{version} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6616This directive creates a @code{.note} section and places into it an ELF
6617formatted note of type NT_VERSION. The note's name is set to @code{string}.
9a297610 6618@end ifset
2e13b764 6619
c91d2e08
NC
6620@ifset ELF
6621@node VTableEntry
6622@section @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
2e13b764 6623
653cfe85 6624@cindex @code{vtable_entry} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6625This directive finds or creates a symbol @code{table} and creates a
6626@code{VTABLE_ENTRY} relocation for it with an addend of @code{offset}.
2e13b764 6627
c91d2e08
NC
6628@node VTableInherit
6629@section @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 6630
653cfe85 6631@cindex @code{vtable_inherit} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6632This directive finds the symbol @code{child} and finds or creates the symbol
6633@code{parent} and then creates a @code{VTABLE_INHERIT} relocation for the
a349d9dd 6634parent whose addend is the value of the child symbol. As a special case the
96e9638b 6635parent name of @code{0} is treated as referring to the @code{*ABS*} section.
c91d2e08 6636@end ifset
2e13b764 6637
d190d046
HPN
6638@node Warning
6639@section @code{.warning "@var{string}"}
6640@cindex warning directive
6641Similar to the directive @code{.error}
6642(@pxref{Error,,@code{.error "@var{string}"}}), but just emits a warning.
6643
c91d2e08
NC
6644@node Weak
6645@section @code{.weak @var{names}}
2e13b764 6646
c1253627 6647@cindex @code{weak} directive
a349d9dd 6648This directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c91d2e08 6649@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
c87db184 6650
01642c12 6651On COFF targets other than PE, weak symbols are a GNU extension. This
977cdf5a 6652directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c87db184
CF
6653@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
6654
977cdf5a 6655On the PE target, weak symbols are supported natively as weak aliases.
01642c12 6656When a weak symbol is created that is not an alias, GAS creates an
977cdf5a 6657alternate symbol to hold the default value.
2e13b764 6658
06e77878
AO
6659@node Weakref
6660@section @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{target}}
6661
6662@cindex @code{weakref} directive
6663This directive creates an alias to the target symbol that enables the symbol to
6664be referenced with weak-symbol semantics, but without actually making it weak.
6665If direct references or definitions of the symbol are present, then the symbol
6666will not be weak, but if all references to it are through weak references, the
6667symbol will be marked as weak in the symbol table.
6668
6669The effect is equivalent to moving all references to the alias to a separate
6670assembly source file, renaming the alias to the symbol in it, declaring the
6671symbol as weak there, and running a reloadable link to merge the object files
6672resulting from the assembly of the new source file and the old source file that
6673had the references to the alias removed.
6674
6675The alias itself never makes to the symbol table, and is entirely handled
6676within the assembler.
6677
252b5132
RH
6678@node Word
6679@section @code{.word @var{expressions}}
6680
6681@cindex @code{word} directive
6682This directive expects zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section,
6683separated by commas.
6684@ifclear GENERIC
6685@ifset W32
a4fb0134 6686For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 32-bit number.
252b5132
RH
6687@end ifset
6688@ifset W16
a4fb0134 6689For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 16-bit number.
252b5132
RH
6690@end ifset
6691@end ifclear
6692@ifset GENERIC
6693
6694The size of the number emitted, and its byte order,
6695depend on what target computer the assembly is for.
6696@end ifset
6697
6698@c on amd29k, i960, sparc the "special treatment to support compilers" doesn't
6699@c happen---32-bit addressability, period; no long/short jumps.
6700@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
6701@cindex difference tables altered
6702@cindex altered difference tables
6703@quotation
6704@emph{Warning: Special Treatment to support Compilers}
6705@end quotation
6706
6707@ifset GENERIC
6708Machines with a 32-bit address space, but that do less than 32-bit
6709addressing, require the following special treatment. If the machine of
6710interest to you does 32-bit addressing (or doesn't require it;
6711@pxref{Machine Dependencies}), you can ignore this issue.
6712
6713@end ifset
6714In order to assemble compiler output into something that works,
a4fb0134 6715@command{@value{AS}} occasionally does strange things to @samp{.word} directives.
252b5132 6716Directives of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2} are often emitted by
a4fb0134 6717compilers as part of jump tables. Therefore, when @command{@value{AS}} assembles a
252b5132 6718directive of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2}, and the difference between
a4fb0134 6719@code{sym1} and @code{sym2} does not fit in 16 bits, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
6720creates a @dfn{secondary jump table}, immediately before the next label.
6721This secondary jump table is preceded by a short-jump to the
6722first byte after the secondary table. This short-jump prevents the flow
6723of control from accidentally falling into the new table. Inside the
6724table is a long-jump to @code{sym2}. The original @samp{.word}
6725contains @code{sym1} minus the address of the long-jump to
6726@code{sym2}.
6727
6728If there were several occurrences of @samp{.word sym1-sym2} before the
6729secondary jump table, all of them are adjusted. If there was a
6730@samp{.word sym3-sym4}, that also did not fit in sixteen bits, a
6731long-jump to @code{sym4} is included in the secondary jump table,
6732and the @code{.word} directives are adjusted to contain @code{sym3}
6733minus the address of the long-jump to @code{sym4}; and so on, for as many
6734entries in the original jump table as necessary.
6735
6736@ifset INTERNALS
a4fb0134 6737@emph{This feature may be disabled by compiling @command{@value{AS}} with the
252b5132
RH
6738@samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD} option.} This feature is likely to confuse
6739assembly language programmers.
6740@end ifset
6741@end ifset
6742@c end DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
6743
6744@node Deprecated
6745@section Deprecated Directives
6746
6747@cindex deprecated directives
6748@cindex obsolescent directives
6749One day these directives won't work.
6750They are included for compatibility with older assemblers.
6751@table @t
6752@item .abort
6753@item .line
6754@end table
6755
3a99f02f
DJ
6756@ifset ELF
6757@node Object Attributes
6758@chapter Object Attributes
6759@cindex object attributes
6760
6761@command{@value{AS}} assembles source files written for a specific architecture
6762into object files for that architecture. But not all object files are alike.
6763Many architectures support incompatible variations. For instance, floating
6764point arguments might be passed in floating point registers if the object file
6765requires hardware floating point support---or floating point arguments might be
6766passed in integer registers if the object file supports processors with no
6767hardware floating point unit. Or, if two objects are built for different
6768generations of the same architecture, the combination may require the
6769newer generation at run-time.
6770
6771This information is useful during and after linking. At link time,
6772@command{@value{LD}} can warn about incompatible object files. After link
6773time, tools like @command{gdb} can use it to process the linked file
6774correctly.
6775
6776Compatibility information is recorded as a series of object attributes. Each
6777attribute has a @dfn{vendor}, @dfn{tag}, and @dfn{value}. The vendor is a
6778string, and indicates who sets the meaning of the tag. The tag is an integer,
6779and indicates what property the attribute describes. The value may be a string
6780or an integer, and indicates how the property affects this object. Missing
6781attributes are the same as attributes with a zero value or empty string value.
6782
6783Object attributes were developed as part of the ABI for the ARM Architecture.
6784The file format is documented in @cite{ELF for the ARM Architecture}.
6785
6786@menu
6787* GNU Object Attributes:: @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
6788* Defining New Object Attributes:: Defining New Object Attributes
6789@end menu
6790
6791@node GNU Object Attributes
6792@section @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
6793
6794The @code{.gnu_attribute} directive records an object attribute
6795with vendor @samp{gnu}.
6796
6797Except for @samp{Tag_compatibility}, which has both an integer and a string for
6798its value, @sc{gnu} attributes have a string value if the tag number is odd and
6799an integer value if the tag number is even. The second bit (@code{@var{tag} &
68002} is set for architecture-independent attributes and clear for
6801architecture-dependent ones.
6802
6803@subsection Common @sc{gnu} attributes
6804
6805These attributes are valid on all architectures.
6806
6807@table @r
6808@item Tag_compatibility (32)
6809The compatibility attribute takes an integer flag value and a vendor name. If
6810the flag value is 0, the file is compatible with other toolchains. If it is 1,
6811then the file is only compatible with the named toolchain. If it is greater
6812than 1, the file can only be processed by other toolchains under some private
6813arrangement indicated by the flag value and the vendor name.
6814@end table
6815
6816@subsection MIPS Attributes
6817
6818@table @r
6819@item Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP (4)
6820The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6821
6822@itemize @bullet
6823@item
68240 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
6825@item
68261 for files using the hardware floating-point with a standard double-precision
6827FPU.
6828@item
68292 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a single-precision FPU.
6830@item
68313 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
42554f6a
TS
6832@item
68334 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit wide
6834double-precision floating-point registers and 32-bit wide general
6835purpose registers.
3a99f02f
DJ
6836@end itemize
6837@end table
6838
6839@subsection PowerPC Attributes
6840
6841@table @r
6842@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP (4)
6843The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6844
6845@itemize @bullet
6846@item
68470 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
6848@item
3c7b9897 68491 for files using double-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
6850@item
68512 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
3c7b9897
AM
6852@item
68533 for files using single-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
6854@end itemize
6855
6856@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector (8)
6857The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6858
6859@itemize @bullet
6860@item
68610 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
6862@item
68631 for files using general purpose registers to pass vectors.
6864@item
68652 for files using AltiVec registers to pass vectors.
6866@item
68673 for files using SPE registers to pass vectors.
6868@end itemize
6869@end table
6870
6871@node Defining New Object Attributes
6872@section Defining New Object Attributes
6873
6874If you want to define a new @sc{gnu} object attribute, here are the places you
6875will need to modify. New attributes should be discussed on the @samp{binutils}
6876mailing list.
6877
6878@itemize @bullet
6879@item
6880This manual, which is the official register of attributes.
6881@item
6882The header for your architecture @file{include/elf}, to define the tag.
6883@item
6884The @file{bfd} support file for your architecture, to merge the attribute
6885and issue any appropriate link warnings.
6886@item
6887Test cases in @file{ld/testsuite} for merging and link warnings.
6888@item
6889@file{binutils/readelf.c} to display your attribute.
6890@item
6891GCC, if you want the compiler to mark the attribute automatically.
6892@end itemize
6893
6894@end ifset
6895
252b5132
RH
6896@ifset GENERIC
6897@node Machine Dependencies
6898@chapter Machine Dependent Features
6899
6900@cindex machine dependencies
6901The machine instruction sets are (almost by definition) different on
a4fb0134
SC
6902each machine where @command{@value{AS}} runs. Floating point representations
6903vary as well, and @command{@value{AS}} often supports a few additional
252b5132
RH
6904directives or command-line options for compatibility with other
6905assemblers on a particular platform. Finally, some versions of
a4fb0134 6906@command{@value{AS}} support special pseudo-instructions for branch
252b5132
RH
6907optimization.
6908
6909This chapter discusses most of these differences, though it does not
6910include details on any machine's instruction set. For details on that
6911subject, see the hardware manufacturer's manual.
6912
6913@menu
625e1353
RH
6914@ifset ALPHA
6915* Alpha-Dependent:: Alpha Dependent Features
6916@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6917@ifset ARC
6918* ARC-Dependent:: ARC Dependent Features
6919@end ifset
6920@ifset ARM
6921* ARM-Dependent:: ARM Dependent Features
6922@end ifset
8473f7a4
DC
6923@ifset AVR
6924* AVR-Dependent:: AVR Dependent Features
6925@end ifset
3b4e1885
JZ
6926@ifset Blackfin
6927* Blackfin-Dependent:: Blackfin Dependent Features
07c1b327 6928@end ifset
3d3d428f
NC
6929@ifset CR16
6930* CR16-Dependent:: CR16 Dependent Features
6931@end ifset
8bf549a8 6932@ifset CRIS
328eb32e
HPN
6933* CRIS-Dependent:: CRIS Dependent Features
6934@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6935@ifset D10V
6936* D10V-Dependent:: D10V Dependent Features
6937@end ifset
6938@ifset D30V
6939* D30V-Dependent:: D30V Dependent Features
6940@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
6941@ifset EPIPHANY
6942* Epiphany-Dependent:: EPIPHANY Dependent Features
6943@end ifset
252b5132 6944@ifset H8/300
c2dcd04e 6945* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
252b5132 6946@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6947@ifset HPPA
6948* HPPA-Dependent:: HPPA Dependent Features
6949@end ifset
5b93d8bb
AM
6950@ifset I370
6951* ESA/390-Dependent:: IBM ESA/390 Dependent Features
6952@end ifset
252b5132 6953@ifset I80386
55b62671 6954* i386-Dependent:: Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 Dependent Features
252b5132 6955@end ifset
e3308d0d
JE
6956@ifset I860
6957* i860-Dependent:: Intel 80860 Dependent Features
6958@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6959@ifset I960
6960* i960-Dependent:: Intel 80960 Dependent Features
6961@end ifset
5cb53c21
L
6962@ifset IA64
6963* IA-64-Dependent:: Intel IA-64 Dependent Features
6964@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
6965@ifset IP2K
6966* IP2K-Dependent:: IP2K Dependent Features
6967@end ifset
84e94c90
NC
6968@ifset LM32
6969* LM32-Dependent:: LM32 Dependent Features
6970@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
6971@ifset M32C
6972* M32C-Dependent:: M32C Dependent Features
6973@end ifset
ec694b89
NC
6974@ifset M32R
6975* M32R-Dependent:: M32R Dependent Features
6976@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6977@ifset M680X0
6978* M68K-Dependent:: M680x0 Dependent Features
6979@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
6980@ifset M68HC11
6981* M68HC11-Dependent:: M68HC11 and 68HC12 Dependent Features
6982@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
6983@ifset MICROBLAZE
6984* MicroBlaze-Dependent:: MICROBLAZE Dependent Features
6985@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6986@ifset MIPS
6987* MIPS-Dependent:: MIPS Dependent Features
6988@end ifset
3c3bdf30
NC
6989@ifset MMIX
6990* MMIX-Dependent:: MMIX Dependent Features
6991@end ifset
2469cfa2
NC
6992@ifset MSP430
6993* MSP430-Dependent:: MSP430 Dependent Features
6994@end ifset
7c31ae13
NC
6995@ifset NS32K
6996* NS32K-Dependent:: NS32K Dependent Features
6997@end ifset
252b5132 6998@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
6999* SH-Dependent:: Renesas / SuperH SH Dependent Features
7000* SH64-Dependent:: SuperH SH64 Dependent Features
252b5132 7001@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
7002@ifset PDP11
7003* PDP-11-Dependent:: PDP-11 Dependent Features
7004@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
7005@ifset PJ
7006* PJ-Dependent:: picoJava Dependent Features
7007@end ifset
418c1742
MG
7008@ifset PPC
7009* PPC-Dependent:: PowerPC Dependent Features
7010@end ifset
99c513f6
DD
7011@ifset RL78
7012* RL78-Dependent:: RL78 Dependent Features
7013@end ifset
046d31c2
NC
7014@ifset RX
7015* RX-Dependent:: RX Dependent Features
7016@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
7017@ifset S390
7018* S/390-Dependent:: IBM S/390 Dependent Features
7019@end ifset
c0157db4
NC
7020@ifset SCORE
7021* SCORE-Dependent:: SCORE Dependent Features
7022@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7023@ifset SPARC
7024* Sparc-Dependent:: SPARC Dependent Features
7025@end ifset
39bec121
TW
7026@ifset TIC54X
7027* TIC54X-Dependent:: TI TMS320C54x Dependent Features
7028@end ifset
40b36596
JM
7029@ifset TIC6X
7030* TIC6X-Dependent :: TI TMS320C6x Dependent Features
7031@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
7032@ifset TILEGX
7033* TILE-Gx-Dependent :: Tilera TILE-Gx Dependent Features
7034@end ifset
7035@ifset TILEPRO
7036* TILEPro-Dependent :: Tilera TILEPro Dependent Features
7037@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7038@ifset V850
7039* V850-Dependent:: V850 Dependent Features
7040@end ifset
f6c1a2d5
NC
7041@ifset XGATE
7042* XGATE-Dependent:: XGATE Features
7043@end ifset
6753e72f
NC
7044@ifset XSTORMY16
7045* XSTORMY16-Dependent:: XStormy16 Dependent Features
7046@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
7047@ifset XTENSA
7048* Xtensa-Dependent:: Xtensa Dependent Features
7049@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
7050@ifset Z80
7051* Z80-Dependent:: Z80 Dependent Features
7052@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7053@ifset Z8000
7054* Z8000-Dependent:: Z8000 Dependent Features
7055@end ifset
7056@ifset VAX
7057* Vax-Dependent:: VAX Dependent Features
7058@end ifset
7059@end menu
7060
7061@lowersections
7062@end ifset
7063
7064@c The following major nodes are *sections* in the GENERIC version, *chapters*
7065@c in single-cpu versions. This is mainly achieved by @lowersections. There is a
7066@c peculiarity: to preserve cross-references, there must be a node called
7067@c "Machine Dependencies". Hence the conditional nodenames in each
7068@c major node below. Node defaulting in makeinfo requires adjacency of
7069@c node and sectioning commands; hence the repetition of @chapter BLAH
7070@c in both conditional blocks.
7071
625e1353
RH
7072@ifset ALPHA
7073@include c-alpha.texi
7074@end ifset
7075
7076@ifset ARC
7077@include c-arc.texi
7078@end ifset
7079
252b5132
RH
7080@ifset ARM
7081@include c-arm.texi
7082@end ifset
7083
8473f7a4
DC
7084@ifset AVR
7085@include c-avr.texi
7086@end ifset
7087
3b4e1885 7088@ifset Blackfin
07c1b327
CM
7089@include c-bfin.texi
7090@end ifset
7091
3d3d428f
NC
7092@ifset CR16
7093@include c-cr16.texi
7094@end ifset
7095
328eb32e
HPN
7096@ifset CRIS
7097@include c-cris.texi
7098@end ifset
7099
c2dcd04e 7100@ifset Renesas-all
252b5132
RH
7101@ifclear GENERIC
7102@node Machine Dependencies
7103@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7104
c2dcd04e 7105The machine instruction sets are different on each Renesas chip family,
252b5132 7106and there are also some syntax differences among the families. This
a4fb0134 7107chapter describes the specific @command{@value{AS}} features for each
252b5132
RH
7108family.
7109
7110@menu
c2dcd04e 7111* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
c2dcd04e 7112* SH-Dependent:: Renesas SH Dependent Features
252b5132
RH
7113@end menu
7114@lowersections
7115@end ifclear
7116@end ifset
7117
7118@ifset D10V
7119@include c-d10v.texi
7120@end ifset
7121
7122@ifset D30V
7123@include c-d30v.texi
7124@end ifset
7125
cfb8c092
NC
7126@ifset EPIPHANY
7127@include c-epiphany.texi
7128@end ifset
7129
252b5132
RH
7130@ifset H8/300
7131@include c-h8300.texi
7132@end ifset
7133
252b5132
RH
7134@ifset HPPA
7135@include c-hppa.texi
7136@end ifset
7137
5b93d8bb
AM
7138@ifset I370
7139@include c-i370.texi
7140@end ifset
7141
252b5132
RH
7142@ifset I80386
7143@include c-i386.texi
7144@end ifset
7145
e3308d0d
JE
7146@ifset I860
7147@include c-i860.texi
7148@end ifset
7149
252b5132
RH
7150@ifset I960
7151@include c-i960.texi
7152@end ifset
7153
9e32ca89
NC
7154@ifset IA64
7155@include c-ia64.texi
7156@end ifset
7157
a40cbfa3
NC
7158@ifset IP2K
7159@include c-ip2k.texi
7160@end ifset
7161
84e94c90
NC
7162@ifset LM32
7163@include c-lm32.texi
7164@end ifset
7165
49f58d10
JB
7166@ifset M32C
7167@include c-m32c.texi
7168@end ifset
7169
ec694b89
NC
7170@ifset M32R
7171@include c-m32r.texi
7172@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7173
7174@ifset M680X0
7175@include c-m68k.texi
7176@end ifset
7177
60bcf0fa
NC
7178@ifset M68HC11
7179@include c-m68hc11.texi
7180@end ifset
7181
01642c12 7182@ifset MICROBLAZE
7ba29e2a
NC
7183@include c-microblaze.texi
7184@end ifset
7185
252b5132
RH
7186@ifset MIPS
7187@include c-mips.texi
7188@end ifset
7189
3c3bdf30
NC
7190@ifset MMIX
7191@include c-mmix.texi
7192@end ifset
7193
2469cfa2
NC
7194@ifset MSP430
7195@include c-msp430.texi
7196@end ifset
7197
252b5132
RH
7198@ifset NS32K
7199@include c-ns32k.texi
7200@end ifset
7201
e135f41b
NC
7202@ifset PDP11
7203@include c-pdp11.texi
7204@end ifset
7205
041dd5a9
ILT
7206@ifset PJ
7207@include c-pj.texi
7208@end ifset
7209
418c1742
MG
7210@ifset PPC
7211@include c-ppc.texi
7212@end ifset
7213
99c513f6
DD
7214@ifset RL78
7215@include c-rl78.texi
7216@end ifset
7217
046d31c2
NC
7218@ifset RX
7219@include c-rx.texi
7220@end ifset
7221
11c19e16
MS
7222@ifset S390
7223@include c-s390.texi
7224@end ifset
7225
c0157db4
NC
7226@ifset SCORE
7227@include c-score.texi
7228@end ifset
7229
252b5132
RH
7230@ifset SH
7231@include c-sh.texi
324bfcf3 7232@include c-sh64.texi
252b5132
RH
7233@end ifset
7234
7235@ifset SPARC
7236@include c-sparc.texi
7237@end ifset
7238
39bec121
TW
7239@ifset TIC54X
7240@include c-tic54x.texi
7241@end ifset
7242
40b36596
JM
7243@ifset TIC6X
7244@include c-tic6x.texi
7245@end ifset
7246
aa137e4d
NC
7247@ifset TILEGX
7248@include c-tilegx.texi
7249@end ifset
7250
7251@ifset TILEPRO
7252@include c-tilepro.texi
7253@end ifset
7254
3c9b82ba
NC
7255@ifset Z80
7256@include c-z80.texi
7257@end ifset
7258
252b5132
RH
7259@ifset Z8000
7260@include c-z8k.texi
7261@end ifset
7262
7263@ifset VAX
7264@include c-vax.texi
7265@end ifset
7266
7267@ifset V850
7268@include c-v850.texi
7269@end ifset
7270
f6c1a2d5
NC
7271@ifset XGATE
7272@include c-xgate.texi
7273@end ifset
7274
6753e72f
NC
7275@ifset XSTORMY16
7276@include c-xstormy16.texi
7277@end ifset
7278
e0001a05
NC
7279@ifset XTENSA
7280@include c-xtensa.texi
7281@end ifset
7282
252b5132
RH
7283@ifset GENERIC
7284@c reverse effect of @down at top of generic Machine-Dep chapter
7285@raisesections
7286@end ifset
7287
7288@node Reporting Bugs
7289@chapter Reporting Bugs
7290@cindex bugs in assembler
7291@cindex reporting bugs in assembler
7292
a4fb0134 7293Your bug reports play an essential role in making @command{@value{AS}} reliable.
252b5132
RH
7294
7295Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it may
7296not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help the
a4fb0134
SC
7297entire community by making the next version of @command{@value{AS}} work better.
7298Bug reports are your contribution to the maintenance of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7299
7300In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
7301information that enables us to fix the bug.
7302
7303@menu
7304* Bug Criteria:: Have you found a bug?
7305* Bug Reporting:: How to report bugs
7306@end menu
7307
7308@node Bug Criteria
c1253627 7309@section Have You Found a Bug?
252b5132
RH
7310@cindex bug criteria
7311
7312If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
7313
7314@itemize @bullet
7315@cindex fatal signal
7316@cindex assembler crash
7317@cindex crash of assembler
7318@item
7319If the assembler gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a
a4fb0134 7320@command{@value{AS}} bug. Reliable assemblers never crash.
252b5132
RH
7321
7322@cindex error on valid input
7323@item
a4fb0134 7324If @command{@value{AS}} produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.
252b5132
RH
7325
7326@cindex invalid input
7327@item
a4fb0134 7328If @command{@value{AS}} does not produce an error message for invalid input, that
252b5132
RH
7329is a bug. However, you should note that your idea of ``invalid input'' might
7330be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support for traditional practice''.
7331
7332@item
7333If you are an experienced user of assemblers, your suggestions for improvement
a4fb0134 7334of @command{@value{AS}} are welcome in any case.
252b5132
RH
7335@end itemize
7336
7337@node Bug Reporting
c1253627 7338@section How to Report Bugs
252b5132
RH
7339@cindex bug reports
7340@cindex assembler bugs, reporting
7341
7342A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu} products. If
a4fb0134 7343you obtained @command{@value{AS}} from a support organization, we recommend you
252b5132
RH
7344contact that organization first.
7345
7346You can find contact information for many support companies and
7347individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs
7348distribution.
7349
ad22bfe8 7350@ifset BUGURL
a4fb0134 7351In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for @command{@value{AS}}
ad22bfe8
JM
7352to @value{BUGURL}.
7353@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7354
7355The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
7356@strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a
7357fact or leave it out, state it!
7358
7359Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the problem
7360and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might assume that the
7361name of a symbol you use in an example does not matter. Well, probably it does
7362not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is a stray memory reference which
7363happens to fetch from the location where that name is stored in memory;
7364perhaps, if the name were different, the contents of that location would fool
7365the assembler into doing the right thing despite the bug. Play it safe and
7366give a specific, complete example. That is the easiest thing for you to do,
7367and the most helpful.
7368
7369Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix the bug if
7370it is new to us. Therefore, always write your bug reports on the assumption
7371that the bug has not been reported previously.
7372
7373Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
c1253627
NC
7374bell?'' This cannot help us fix a bug, so it is basically useless. We
7375respond by asking for enough details to enable us to investigate.
7376You might as well expedite matters by sending them to begin with.
252b5132
RH
7377
7378To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
7379
7380@itemize @bullet
7381@item
a4fb0134 7382The version of @command{@value{AS}}. @command{@value{AS}} announces it if you start
252b5132
RH
7383it with the @samp{--version} argument.
7384
7385Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
a4fb0134 7386the bug in the current version of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7387
7388@item
a4fb0134 7389Any patches you may have applied to the @command{@value{AS}} source.
252b5132
RH
7390
7391@item
7392The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
7393version number.
7394
7395@item
a4fb0134 7396What compiler (and its version) was used to compile @command{@value{AS}}---e.g.
252b5132
RH
7397``@code{gcc-2.7}''.
7398
7399@item
7400The command arguments you gave the assembler to assemble your example and
7401observe the bug. To guarantee you will not omit something important, list them
7402all. A copy of the Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
7403
7404If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
7405and then we might not encounter the bug.
7406
7407@item
7408A complete input file that will reproduce the bug. If the bug is observed when
7409the assembler is invoked via a compiler, send the assembler source, not the
7410high level language source. Most compilers will produce the assembler source
7411when run with the @samp{-S} option. If you are using @code{@value{GCC}}, use
7412the options @samp{-v --save-temps}; this will save the assembler source in a
7413file with an extension of @file{.s}, and also show you exactly how
a4fb0134 7414@command{@value{AS}} is being run.
252b5132
RH
7415
7416@item
7417A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
7418incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
7419
a4fb0134 7420Of course, if the bug is that @command{@value{AS}} gets a fatal signal, then we
252b5132
RH
7421will certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not
7422notice unless it is glaringly wrong. You might as well not give us a chance to
7423make a mistake.
7424
7425Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still say so
7426explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as, your copy of
b45619c0 7427@command{@value{AS}} is out of sync, or you have encountered a bug in the C
252b5132
RH
7428library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy might crash and ours
7429would not. If you told us to expect a crash, then when ours fails to crash, we
7430would know that the bug was not happening for us. If you had not told us to
7431expect a crash, then we would not be able to draw any conclusion from our
7432observations.
7433
7434@item
a4fb0134 7435If you wish to suggest changes to the @command{@value{AS}} source, send us context
252b5132
RH
7436diffs, as generated by @code{diff} with the @samp{-u}, @samp{-c}, or @samp{-p}
7437option. Always send diffs from the old file to the new file. If you even
a4fb0134 7438discuss something in the @command{@value{AS}} source, refer to it by context, not
252b5132
RH
7439by line number.
7440
7441The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
7442sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
7443@end itemize
7444
7445Here are some things that are not necessary:
7446
7447@itemize @bullet
7448@item
7449A description of the envelope of the bug.
7450
7451Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
7452which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
7453changes will not affect it.
7454
7455This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
7456will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
7457with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
7458We recommend that you save your time for something else.
7459
7460Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
7461of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the
7462output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
7463less time, and so on.
7464
7465However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
7466report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
7467
7468@item
7469A patch for the bug.
7470
7471A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit
7472the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
7473a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide
7474to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
7475
a4fb0134 7476Sometimes with a program as complicated as @command{@value{AS}} it is very hard to
252b5132
RH
7477construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path through
7478the code. If you do not send us the example, we will not be able to construct
7479one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed.
7480
7481And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
7482patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will
7483help us to understand.
7484
7485@item
7486A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
7487
7488Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such
7489things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
7490@end itemize
7491
7492@node Acknowledgements
7493@chapter Acknowledgements
7494
653cfe85 7495If you have contributed to GAS and your name isn't listed here,
252b5132 7496it is not meant as a slight. We just don't know about it. Send mail to the
01642c12
RM
7497maintainer, and we'll correct the situation. Currently
7498@c (January 1994),
252b5132
RH
7499the maintainer is Ken Raeburn (email address @code{raeburn@@cygnus.com}).
7500
7501Dean Elsner wrote the original @sc{gnu} assembler for the VAX.@footnote{Any
7502more details?}
7503
7504Jay Fenlason maintained GAS for a while, adding support for GDB-specific debug
7505information and the 68k series machines, most of the preprocessing pass, and
7506extensive changes in @file{messages.c}, @file{input-file.c}, @file{write.c}.
7507
7508K. Richard Pixley maintained GAS for a while, adding various enhancements and
7509many bug fixes, including merging support for several processors, breaking GAS
7510up to handle multiple object file format back ends (including heavy rewrite,
7511testing, an integration of the coff and b.out back ends), adding configuration
7512including heavy testing and verification of cross assemblers and file splits
7513and renaming, converted GAS to strictly ANSI C including full prototypes, added
7514support for m680[34]0 and cpu32, did considerable work on i960 including a COFF
7515port (including considerable amounts of reverse engineering), a SPARC opcode
7516file rewrite, DECstation, rs6000, and hp300hpux host ports, updated ``know''
7517assertions and made them work, much other reorganization, cleanup, and lint.
7518
7519Ken Raeburn wrote the high-level BFD interface code to replace most of the code
7520in format-specific I/O modules.
7521
7522The original VMS support was contributed by David L. Kashtan. Eric Youngdale
7523has done much work with it since.
7524
7525The Intel 80386 machine description was written by Eliot Dresselhaus.
7526
7527Minh Tran-Le at IntelliCorp contributed some AIX 386 support.
7528
7529The Motorola 88k machine description was contributed by Devon Bowen of Buffalo
7530University and Torbjorn Granlund of the Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
7531
7532Keith Knowles at the Open Software Foundation wrote the original MIPS back end
7533(@file{tc-mips.c}, @file{tc-mips.h}), and contributed Rose format support
7534(which hasn't been merged in yet). Ralph Campbell worked with the MIPS code to
7535support a.out format.
7536
7be1c489
AM
7537Support for the Zilog Z8k and Renesas H8/300 processors (tc-z8k,
7538tc-h8300), and IEEE 695 object file format (obj-ieee), was written by
252b5132
RH
7539Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support. Steve also modified the COFF back end to
7540use BFD for some low-level operations, for use with the H8/300 and AMD 29k
7541targets.
7542
7543John Gilmore built the AMD 29000 support, added @code{.include} support, and
7544simplified the configuration of which versions accept which directives. He
7545updated the 68k machine description so that Motorola's opcodes always produced
c1253627 7546fixed-size instructions (e.g., @code{jsr}), while synthetic instructions
252b5132
RH
7547remained shrinkable (@code{jbsr}). John fixed many bugs, including true tested
7548cross-compilation support, and one bug in relaxation that took a week and
7549required the proverbial one-bit fix.
7550
7551Ian Lance Taylor of Cygnus Support merged the Motorola and MIT syntax for the
755268k, completed support for some COFF targets (68k, i386 SVR3, and SCO Unix),
7553added support for MIPS ECOFF and ELF targets, wrote the initial RS/6000 and
7554PowerPC assembler, and made a few other minor patches.
7555
653cfe85 7556Steve Chamberlain made GAS able to generate listings.
252b5132
RH
7557
7558Hewlett-Packard contributed support for the HP9000/300.
7559
7560Jeff Law wrote GAS and BFD support for the native HPPA object format (SOM)
7561along with a fairly extensive HPPA testsuite (for both SOM and ELF object
7562formats). This work was supported by both the Center for Software Science at
7563the University of Utah and Cygnus Support.
7564
7565Support for ELF format files has been worked on by Mark Eichin of Cygnus
7566Support (original, incomplete implementation for SPARC), Pete Hoogenboom and
7567Jeff Law at the University of Utah (HPPA mainly), Michael Meissner of the Open
7568Software Foundation (i386 mainly), and Ken Raeburn of Cygnus Support (sparc,
7569and some initial 64-bit support).
7570
c1253627 7571Linas Vepstas added GAS support for the ESA/390 ``IBM 370'' architecture.
5b93d8bb 7572
252b5132
RH
7573Richard Henderson rewrote the Alpha assembler. Klaus Kaempf wrote GAS and BFD
7574support for openVMS/Alpha.
7575
39bec121
TW
7576Timothy Wall, Michael Hayes, and Greg Smart contributed to the various tic*
7577flavors.
7578
e0001a05 7579David Heine, Sterling Augustine, Bob Wilson and John Ruttenberg from Tensilica,
b45619c0 7580Inc.@: added support for Xtensa processors.
e0001a05 7581
252b5132
RH
7582Several engineers at Cygnus Support have also provided many small bug fixes and
7583configuration enhancements.
7584
84e94c90
NC
7585Jon Beniston added support for the Lattice Mico32 architecture.
7586
252b5132
RH
7587Many others have contributed large or small bugfixes and enhancements. If
7588you have contributed significant work and are not mentioned on this list, and
7589want to be, let us know. Some of the history has been lost; we are not
7590intentionally leaving anyone out.
7591
793c5807
NC
7592@node GNU Free Documentation License
7593@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
c1253627 7594@include fdl.texi
cf055d54 7595
370b66a1
CD
7596@node AS Index
7597@unnumbered AS Index
252b5132
RH
7598
7599@printindex cp
7600
252b5132
RH
7601@bye
7602@c Local Variables:
7603@c fill-column: 79
7604@c End:
This page took 1.001898 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.